Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / C&F Financial Corporation

C&F Financial Corporation

cffi · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cffi
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 545
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · C&F Financial Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
757-741-2201

802 Main Street
PO Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

www.cffc.com

B U I

L D I N G

F O R

S U C

C

E

S

S

B U I

L D I N G

F O R

S U C

C

E

S

S

 
We Believe

Excellence is the standard for all we do, achieved by encouraging and nourishing: respect for others; honest,

open communication; individual development and satisfaction; a sense of ownership and responsibility for

the Corporation’s success; participation, cooperation, and teamwork; creativity, innovation, and initiative;

prudent risk-taking; and recognition and rewards for achievement.

We must conduct ourselves morally and ethically at all times and in all relationships.

We have an obligation to the well-being of all the communities we serve.

That  our  officers  and  staff  are  our  most  important  assets,  making  the  critical  difference  in  how  the

Corporation performs; and, through their work and effort, separates us from all competitors.

C&F Financial Corporation is a one-bank holding
company providing a full range of banking services to
individuals and businesses through its subsidiaries.

C&F Bank (Citizens and Farmers Bank) offers quality
banking services to individuals and businesses through
18 retail branches located from Hampton to Richmond. 

C&F Mortgage Corporation originates and sells
residential mortgages throughout Virginia, North
Carolina, Maryland, Delaware, Pennsylvania and New
Jersey. Through its subsidiaries, C&F Mortgage provides
ancillary mortgage loan production  services for loan
settlement, residential appraisals and title insurance.

C&F Finance Company specializes in new and used
automobile lending in Virginia, North Carolina,
Maryland, Kentucky, Ohio and Tennessee.  

C&F Investment Services, Inc. provides a full range
of securities brokerage, life and health insurance and
investment services to individuals and businesses
through the Bank’s 18 retail branch locations.

STOCK LISTING
Current market quotations for the common stock of C&F Financial
Corporation are available under the symbol CFFI.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company serves as transfer agent
for the Corporation.
You may write them at: 

59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level
New York, NY 10038
telephone them toll-free at:

1-800-937-5449
or visit their website at:
www.amstock.com

INVESTOR RELATIONS & 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
C&F  Financial  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and
quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,  may  be  obtained  without  charge  by  visiting
the Corporation’s website at www.cffc.com. 

Copies of these documents can also be obtained without charge upon
written request. Requests for this or other financial information about
C&F Financial Corporation should be directed to:

Thomas Cherry
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary
C&F Financial Corporation
P.O. Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

C&F Annual Report 2007 

C&F Annual Report 2007 

In 2007, C&F Financial  Corporation held its traditional place as a top performer in Virginia and National Peer

Group Comparisons, despite the slowdown in the national economy. Our return on average assets and return on

average equity, although lower than last year, exceeded that of our peers.  

2007 in Review

NET INCOME
(In Thousands)

$11,198

$11,788

$12,129

$12,919

$8,480

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

EARNINGS PER SHARE
(Assuming Dilution)

$3.42

$3.00

$3.36

$3.71

$2.68

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

21.32%

RETURN ON AVERAGE EQUITY

16.78%

17.70%

18.97%

12.09%

11.86%

12.33%

11.93%

2003

2004

2005

2006

RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS

2.35%

1.91%

1.82%

1.75%

1.08%

1.07%

1.11%

1.07%

13.03%

10.28%

2007

1.13%

.96%

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

Peer Comparison Source: Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (FFIEC) Bank Holding
Company Performance Report – 2007 data is through 9/30.

C&F Annual Report 2007 v Page 1

 
Letter from the President 

On  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  I  am  pleased  to  present  C&F

Financial Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report. Without question, 2007 was one

of the most difficult years for the Corporation, as well as the entire financial

services industry, especially from an earnings standpoint. I wish that I could

state that the worst is behind us, but unfortunately, I believe that 2008 will be

as challenging. Some of the causes for our decline in earnings were anticipated

due to our growth initiatives; however, many were not and they were essentially

out of our control.  

Net  income  for  2007  was  $8.5  million  vs.  $12.1  million  earned  in  2006

(2006 includes a one-time gain of $728 thousand, after taxes, in connection

with the payoff of a previously non-performing commercial loan). This result-

ed in a return on average equity of 13.03% and a return on average assets of

1.13%  for  2007  compared  to  18.97%  and  1.75%,  respectively,  for  2006.  Total

assets increased from $734 million at the end of 2006 to $786 million at the

end of 2007, with loans increasing by over $68 million. This loan growth was

almost  evenly  split  between  our  Bank  and  our  Finance  Company.  Deposits

declined from $533 million to $528 million due to several large deposit cus-

tomers  making substantial withdrawals for preplanned projects, as well as our

decision  to  reduce  funding  from  high-cost  certificates  of  deposit  held  by

customers that had no other financial services relationship with us.

The  decline  in  2007  earnings  was  a  result  of  several  factors.  First,  we

opened four new branches within a 15-month period beginning in January of

2006.  Typically,  it  takes  three  to  five  years  for  a  de  novo  branch  to  become

profitable.  In the past, we have limited our branch openings to no more than

one  per  year  because  of  the  overhead  burden  associated  with  each  opening.

We knew that opening four branches within such a short period would impact

earnings by approximately $1 million in the first year. In addition, we knew

C&F Annual Report 2007 v Page 2

that  our  new  operations  center,  which  we  moved  into  in

could not afford to make larger payments when interest rates

December of 2005, would be a strain on earnings for several

went up. 

years.  Given  that  these  facilities  were  investments  in  our

future, we decided that it was prudent to accept the negative

impact on our earnings.

These  events  have  ultimately  led  to  the  failure  of  many

mortgage  companies  and  to  huge  write-offs  for  many  larger

banks  and  Wall  Street  investment  firms  who  purchased

What  we  did  not  anticipate,  however,  were  the  issues

mortgage-backed investments. This, in turn, has resulted in a

arising from subprime and alterna-

tive  mortgage  loan  products  and

the  repercussions  these 

issues

would  have  on  the  financial  mar-

kets.  For the past several years, we

have  been  aware  that  the  practices

of the mortgage industry regarding

subprime  loans,  “low-doc”  loans

(where  income  and  assets  are  not

verified), variable rate loans, and no

or  low  down  payment  loans  were

very risky. Even though we offered

tightening of credit and a reduction

in  liquidity  for  all  the  financial

markets. This is where the problems

have had an impact on C&F.

With the Federal Reserve Bank

attempting to correct the situation,

their  primary  tool  has  been  to

reduce  short-term  interest  rates.

While  this  may be  the  correct  long-

term decision, it has greatly reduced

the  earnings  on  C&F’s  loan  port-

folio  at  the  Bank  because  approxi-

these products through our mortgage company in order to

mately half of its loans are indexed to the Prime interest rate.

be  competitive with  other  companies,  we felt  the  risks

When Prime drops, our interest income immediately declines.

involved  were  mitigated  by  underwriting  to  criteria  set  by

However,  our  source  of    funding for  these  loans,  primarily

investors who commit to purchasing these loans.  

deposits, does not reprice simultaneously with the decline in

The  fallout  from  the  subprime  and  alternative loan

issues on our company has been minimal, thus far, relative to

the considerable repercussions to the mortgage industry. It is

now  evident  that  many  mortgage  loans  were  made  to

individuals whose credit was overextended and therefore at

default  risk  when  real  estate  market  values  declined  and

interest  rates  rose  in  2007.  When  home  prices  started

dropping, those who had borrowed 100 percent of the price,

loan interest rates. Compounding the deposit repricing dis-

parity is the fact that larger banks, who in the past have had

other sources of funds besides deposits, have not been able to

tap into those sources of  liquidity and have therefore been

more aggressive in their pricing of deposit products. Because

of this increased competition, our cost of funds has been much

higher  than  would  normally  be  expected  and  our  interest

margin has declined.

or  near  that,  saw  the  debt  on  their  homes  exceed  what

In addition to the pressure on margins at the Bank, the

the  homes  were  now worth.  Those  with  variable  rate  loans

outlook  for  production  over  the  next  year  at  the  Mortgage

C&F Annual Report 2007 v Page 3

Company is not very optimistic, even with the lower interest

Asset  quality  continues  to  be  good  at  the  Bank.

rates, because of the reduction in home prices, as well as the

Fortunately, the Bank did not make any of the types of real

reduction in the availability of subprime and alternative loan

estate loans that are plaguing the industry; therefore, our res-

products. One might think that lower prices would automat-

idential real estate portfolio is in good shape. Our commer-

ically  mean  more  buyer  demand,  but  with  the  recent  drop

cial  loan  customers  who  are  involved  in  land  development

in  home  prices  the  equity  in  peoples’  current  homes  has

and home construction have experienced a slowdown in their

been  greatly  diminished.  This

makes fewer individuals eligible to

either  refinance  their  home  or  sell

it and move up. The result is fewer

eligible  borrowers  and  thus  less

loan production.

Unlike  the  Bank,  the  interest

rate on the Finance Company’s loan

portfolio is fairly stable. However, a

significant portion of their funding

is indexed to one-month LIBOR. As

businesses; however, they appear to

have  the  financial  stability  to

weather  this  storm.  Most  saw  the

issues  coming  early  enough  to  cut

back  on  their  businesses.  This

protects our loan portfolio, but we

are  experiencing    a  decline  in  loan

demand and thus growth.

We  have  continued  to  make

enhancements  to  the  company,

both through market expansion as

a result of the recent interest rate cuts by the Federal Reserve,

well  as  product  offerings.  At  the  Bank,  in  2007,  we  opened

the  Finance  Company’s  cost  of  borrowings  has  declined  by

our  Patterson  Avenue  office  (west  of  Richmond)  and  our

virtue of a decline in LIBOR. This will result in an increase in

Chesterfield  office;  at  the  Mortgage  Company,  we  opened

this  business  segment’s  margins,  which  positively  impacts

offices  in  Fairfax,  Fishersville  and  Harrisonburg;  at  the

earnings.  In  addition,  due  to  the  recent  expansion  of  our

Finance  Company,  we  began  servicing  the  Northern

consumer  finance  business  into  the  Northern  Kentucky/

Kentucky/Cincinnati,  OH  and  Greensboro,  NC  markets.

Cincinnati,  OH  and  Greensboro,  NC  markets,  as  well  as

Each of these expansions is anticipated to contribute to our

higher loan production throughout the rest of the company,

profitability on a long-term basis.

loan  volumes  and  thus  interest  income  have  increased.

At the Bank, we have continued to increase our product

The  Finance  Company experienced  higher  loan  charge-offs

offerings by expanding our cash management services for our

in 2007, which in combination with loan growth, resulted in

commercial  customers  and  enhancing  our  internet  banking

a higher provision for loan losses. As long as their charge-offs

services.  One  of  our  new  services  allows  our  commercial

do  not increase  substantially, we expect  their  earnings  to

customers  to  make  their  non-cash  deposits  without  leaving

increase in 2008.

their office. This service, which is often referred to as “Remote

C&F Annual Report 2007 v Page 4

Deposit  Capture,”  gives  the  customer  an  efficient  platform

Many  thanks  to  our  dedicated  staff,  and  the  direction

for  making  deposits  throughout  the  day  as  they  are  not

of our Board of Directors, both through the good times and

restricted  to  the  standard  2  o’clock  p.m.  cut-off  time  to

now these that are challenging. Without their efforts this com-

receive same-day deposit credit. 

pany could not have accomplished so much over the years.

We’ve had two recent events that bring us great sadness.

We are also grateful to you for your continued confidence.

In September, Sture G. Olsson, who had served as a director

With your support and patronage, we can accomplish much.

of the company until 2000, and had given 47 years of excep-

We look forward to serving you in 2008 and the years ahead.

tional service, died suddenly. Sture was one of those individ-

uals who gave so freely of his time and resources to help not

only  the  companies  and  foundations  that  he  was  involved

with but maybe more importantly to the West Point commu-

nity that he loved so dearly. Sture was the “E. F. Hutton” of

Larry G. Dillon
Chairman, President & Chief
Executive Officer

the C&F Board; when he spoke, everyone else listened as he

had a great ability to get right to the heart of any issue. We at

C&F are truly thankful for the many years of guidance that

he gave the Company.

We also recently accepted with regret the resignation of

Thomas  B.  Whitmore  Jr. from  the  Bank’s  Board.  Tom  had

served on the Board since 1984, giving us nearly 23 years of

guidance. Tom is truly a gentleman’s gentleman and he will

be greatly missed.

We  believe  that  2008  will  be  as  challenging  as  2007;

however,  we  are  focused  on  managing  through  the  issues

facing  each  of  our  core  business  segments. We expect  that

our businesses will be affected by the continued slow down in

the housing industry and the economy in general, potential

increased unemployment and its inevitable impact on credit

quality  and  the  effect  of  interest  rate  cuts  by  the  Federal

Reserve.  Despite  this,  our  diversified  business  strategy  and

our strong balance sheet will allow us to continue to invest in

and grow our company.

C&F Annual Report 2007 v Page 5

Listed left to right: Joshua H. Lawson, Audrey D. Holmes, Bryan E. McKernon, Barry R. Chernack, Larry G. Dillon,
J. P. Causey Jr., Paul C. Robinson, C. Elis Olsson, William E. O’Connell Jr., James H. Hudson III (not pictured Thomas B. Whitmore Jr.)

DIRECTORS & OFFICERS

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION
C&F BANK
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

J. P. Causey Jr.*+
Executive Vice President,
Secretary & General Counsel
Chesapeake Corporation

Barry R. Chernack*+
Retired Partner
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Larry G. Dillon *+
Chairman, President & CEO
C&F Financial Corporation
Citizens and Farmers Bank

Audrey D. Holmes*+
Attorney-at-Law
Audrey D. Holmes, Attorney-at-Law

James H. Hudson III*+
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.

Joshua H. Lawson*+
President
Thrift Insurance Corporation

Bryan E. McKernon+
President & CEO
C&F Mortgage Corporation

William E. O’Connell Jr.*+
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

C. Elis Olsson*+
Director of Operations
Martinair, Inc.

Paul C. Robinson*+
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson & Associates,
Realtors

C&F Annual Report 2007 v Page 6

Thomas B. Whitmore Jr.+
Retired President
Whitmore Chevrolet, Oldsmobile,
Pontiac Co., Inc.

* C&F Financial Corporation Board Member
+ C&F Bank Board Member

SANDSTON / VARINA 
ADVISORY BOARD

Robert A. Canfield
Attorney-at-Law
Canfield Baer LLP

E. Ray Jernigan
Business Owner
Citizens Machine Shop

S. Floyd Mays
Insurance Agent/Owner
Floyd Mays Insurance

James M. Mehfoud
Pharmacist/Business Owner
Sandston Pharmacy

Robert F. Nelson Jr.
Professional Engineer
Engineering Design Associates

Reginald H. Nelson IV
Senior Partner
Colonial Acres Farm

John G. Ragsdale II
Business Owner
Sandston Cleaners

Philip T. Rutledge Jr.
Retired Deputy County Manager
County of Henrico

Sandra W. Seelmann
Real Estate Broker/Owner
Varina & Seelmann Realty

C&F BANK RICHMOND BOARD

Jeffery W. Jones
Chairman & CEO
WFofR, Incorporated

S. Craig Lane
President
Lane & Hamner, P.C.

J. Charles Link
President
C&F Bank/Richmond

William E. O’Connell Jr.
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

Meade A. Spotts
President
Spotts, Fain, P.C.

Scott E. Strickler
Treasurer
Robins Insurance Agency, Inc.

C&F MORTGAGE CORPORATION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

J. P. Causey Jr.
Executive Vice President,
Secretary & General Counsel
Chesapeake Corporation

Larry G. Dillon
Chairman of the Board

James H. Hudson III
Attorney-at-Law
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.

Bryan E. McKernon
President & CEO
C&F Mortgage Corporation

William E. O’Connell Jr.
Chessie Professor of Business, Emeritus
The College of William and Mary

Paul C. Robinson
Owner & President
Francisco, Robinson & Associates,
Realtors

INDEPENDENT PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTANTS
Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.
Winchester, Virginia

CORPORATE COUNSEL
Hudson & Bondurant, P.C.
West Point, Virginia

OFFICERS &
LOCATIONS

C&F BANK
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES
802 Main Street
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804) 843-2360

3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
(757) 741-2201

Larry G. Dillon *
Chairman, President & CEO

Thomas F. Cherry *
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary

Ronald P. Espy
Senior Vice President & Senior Lending Officer

Laura H. Shreaves
Senior Vice President & Director 
of Human Resources

William J. Callaghan
Vice President, Information Technology

E. Turner Coggin
Vice President, Senior Loan Underwriter

Sandra S. Fryer
Vice President, Special Projects Leader

Deborah H. Hall
Vice President, Credit Administration

Donna M. Haviland
Vice President, Director of Internal Audit

Ellen M. Howard
Vice President & Loan Operations Manager

Deborah R. Nichols
Vice President, Quality Control

Mary-Jo Rawson
Vice President & Controller

Helga H. Ridenhour
Vice President, Retail Banking

Laura C. Ross
Director, Treasury Solutions

Christopher A. Spillare
Vice President & Treasurer

Evelyn M. Townsend
Vice President, Operations

* Officers of C&F Financial Corporation

CHESTER, VIRGINIA
William C. Scott
Branch Manager

HAMPTON, VIRGINIA
Jackie W. Norman
Branch Manager

MECHANICSVILLE, VIRGINIA
Wanda N. Hassler
Vice President & Branch Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Jesse E. Bullard
Vice President & Branch Manager

NEWPORT NEWS, VIRGINIA
Meagan L. Stevens
Branch Manager

NORGE, VIRGINIA
Robert J. Unangst
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

PROVIDENCE FORGE, VIRGINIA
James D. W. King
Vice President & Branch Manager

QUINTON, VIRGINIA
Sandra C. St. Clair
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Broad Street
Kevin L. Ford
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Patterson Avenue
Valerie H. Boteilho
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

VARINA, VIRGINIA
Timothy R. Martin
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

Tracy E. Pendleton
Vice President & Area Credit Manager

SALUDA, VIRGINIA
Elizabeth B. Faudree
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

SANDSTON, VIRGINIA
Katherine P. Buckner
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

WEST POINT, VIRGINIA
Main Street
Karen T. Richardson
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

WEST POINT, VIRGINIA
14th Street
Donna T. Callis
Branch Manager

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Jamestown Road
Alec J. Nuttall
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Longhill Road 
Cynthia W. Tatum
Branch Manager

YORKTOWN, VIRGINIA
Jeffrey A. Mercer
Assistant Vice President & Branch Manager

CONSTRUCTION LENDING OFFICE
C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 858-8351
Terrence C. Gates
Vice President, Real Estate Construction

C&F BANK / RICHMOND
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 378-0332

J. Charles Link
President
Charles T. Nuttle
Vice President, Commercial Lending
David L. Shaffer
Vice President, Commercial Lending

C&F BANK / PENINSULA
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
City Center
11815 Fountain Way, Suite 410
Newport News, Virginia 23606
(757) 952-1670

Vern E. Lockwood II
President

Lorie D. Sarrett
Vice President, Commercial Lending

Bonnie S. Smith
Vice President, Real Estate Lending

C&F INVESTMENT SERVICES, INC.
802 Main Street
West Point, Virginia 23181
(804)843-4584 or (800) 583-3863

Eric F. Nost
President

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Hartz
Vice President

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Bruce D. French
Assistant Vice President

WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Douglas L. Cash Jr.
Vice President

C&F Annual Report 2007 v Page 7

OFFICERS & LOCATIONS

C&F MORTGAGE CORPORATION
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
C&F Center
1400 Alverser Drive
Midlothian, Virginia 23113
(804) 858-8300

Bryan E. McKernon
President & CEO

Mark A. Fox
Executive Vice President & COO

Donna G. Jarratt
Senior Vice President & Chief of
Branch Administration

Kevin A. McCann
Senior Vice President & CFO

Tracy L. Bishop
Vice President & Human Resources Manager

M. Kathy Burley
Vice President & Closing Manager

Susan L. Driver
Vice President & Underwriting Manager

Madeline M. Witty
Compliance Manager

CHARLOTTESVILLE, VIRGINIA
William E. Hamrick
Vice President & Branch Manager

CHESTER, VIRGINIA
Stephen L. Fuller
Vice President & Branch Manager

FAIRFAX, VIRGINIA
Mark C. Canniff, Sr.
Branch Manager

E. Mike Gleeson
Branch Manager

E. Rick Soper
Branch Manager

FISHERSVILLE, VIRGINIA
Vickie J. Painter
Branch Manager

FREDERICKSBURG, VIRGINIA
Brian F. Whetzel
Branch Manager

R.W. Edmondson III
Branch Manager

HANOVER, VIRGINIA
LEXINGTON, VIRGINIA
ROANOKE, VIRGINIA
John H. Reeves III
Vice President & Manager

HARRISONBURG, VIRGINIA
Gloria J. Wright
Branch Manager

C&F Annual Report 2007 v Page 8

LYNCHBURG, VIRGINIA
Shirley D. Falwell
Branch Manager

Andrew N. Shields
Branch Manager

MIDLOTHIAN, VIRGINIA
Donald R. Jordan
Vice President & Branch Manager

Daniel J. Murphy
Vice President & Branch Manager

Susan P. Burkett
Vice President & Operations Manager

NEWPORT NEWS, VIRGINIA
WILLIAMSBURG, VIRGINIA
Linda H. Gaskins
Vice President & Branch Manager

Mary L. Rebholz
Production Manager

RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Page C. Yonce
Vice President & Branch Manager

VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA
Francis B. “Chip” Simkins III
Branch Manager

George Temple Jr.
Production Manager

CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA
Patrick B. Edmondson
Sales Manager

GASTONIA, NORTH CAROLINA
Nancy W. Poteat
Branch Manager

ANNAPOLIS, MARYLAND
Michael J. Mazzola
Senior Vice President &
Maryland Area Manager

William J. Regan
Vice President & Branch Manager

ELLICOTT CITY, MARYLAND
Scott B. Segrist
Branch Manager

Robert G. Menton
Branch Manager

NEWPORT, DELAWARE
Craig I. Snyder
Branch Manager

MOORESTOWN, NEW JERSEY
R. Scott Wallace
Branch Manager

WALDORF, MARYLAND
Timothy J. Murphy
Branch Manager

C&F TITLE AGENCY, INC.
Midlothian, Virginia
Eileen A. Cherry
Vice President & Title Insurance Underwriter

HOMETOWN SETTLEMENT
SERVICES LLC
Crofton, Maryland

CERTIFIED APPRAISALS LLC
Midlothian, Virginia
H. Daniel Salomonsky
Vice President & Appraisal Manager

C&F FINANCE COMPANY
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
4660 South Laburnum Avenue
Richmond, Virginia 23231
(804) 236-9601

S. Dustin Crone
Executive Vice President

C. Shawn Moore
Senior Vice President

Michael K. Wilson
Senior Vice President & COO

Alfred Hinkle
Vice President, Human Resources

NORTHERN VIRGINIA/
MARYLAND REGION
Kevin F. Jones Jr.
Area Sales Manager

HAMPTON/VA BEACH, VIRGINIA
EASTERN NORTH CAROLINA
RICHMOND, VIRGINIA
Pamela L. Austin
Area Sales Manager

Mervin A. Pleasant
Branch Manager
Specialty Finance Division

ROANOKE, VIRGINIA
Timothy W. Gearheart
Area Marketing Manager

GREENSBORO, NORTH CAROLINA
Michael L. Seguin
Area Sales Manager

NASHVILLE, TN 
Karen R. Hackney
Area Sales Manager

EASTERN TENNESSEE
Steven D. Croley
Area Marketing Representative

CINCINNATI/NORTHERN KENTUCKY
Michael Meister
Area Marketing Representative

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
 ( X )   

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 

or 

 (    ) 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 

For the transition period from _____________to_____________ 

Commission file number 000-23423 

  C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

   (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

Virginia 

54-1680165 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

802 Main Street 
West Point, VA 23181 
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:   (804) 843-2360 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share 
Title of each class 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
Name of each exchange on which registered 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  
NONE 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.   

Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes ( X )   No (   ) 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, 

and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    ( X ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a 

smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” ”accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer (   ) 

Accelerated Filer                  ( X ) 

Non-accelerated filer   (   ) 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company (   ) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes (   )   No ( X ) 

The aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 29, 

2007 was $120,177,128. 

There were 3,022,091 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 25, 2008. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement dated March 15, 2008 to be delivered to shareholders in connection with the 

Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 15, 2008 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS ............................................................................................................................... page   1 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS...................................................................................................................... page 11 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS................................................................................. page 14 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES .......................................................................................................................... page 14 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ....................................................................................................... page 15 

ITEM 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.......................... page 15 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED 

  STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF 
  EQUITY SECURITIES........................................................................................................ page 16 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA ......................................................................................... page 17 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF 

  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION................................... page 18 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES 

  ABOUT MARKET RISK ...................................................................................................  page 49 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA .................................... page 52 

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS 
  ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE .............................................. page 86 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES...................................................................................... page 86 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION ..................................................................................................... page 87 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE............ page 87 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ......................................................................................... page 88 

ITEM 12. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 
  MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS............................... page 88 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND 

  DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE......................................................................................... page 88 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ..................................................... page 88 

PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES ..................................................... page 89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

General 

C&F  Financial  Corporation (the Corporation) is a bank holding company that was incorporated in March 
1994 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.  The Corporation owns all of the stock of its sole operating 
subsidiary,  C&F  Bank  (Citizens  and  Farmers  Bank,  or  the  Bank),  which  is  an  independent  commercial  bank 
chartered  under  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    The  Bank  originally  opened  for  business  under  the 
name  Farmers  and  Mechanics  Bank  on  January  22,  1927.    The  Bank  has  the  following  five  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries, all incorporated under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia: 

•  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  Hometown  Settlement  Services  LLC, 

Certified Appraisals LLC, Foundation Home Mortgage and C&F Reinsurance LTD 

•  C&F Finance Company 
•  C&F Investment Services, Inc. 
•  C&F Insurance Services, Inc.  
•  C&F Title Agency, Inc. 

The Corporation operates in a decentralized manner in three principal business activities: (1) retail banking 
through C&F Bank, (2) mortgage banking through C&F Mortgage Corporation (C&F Mortgage) and (3) consumer 
finance through C&F Finance Company (C&F Finance).  The following general business discussion focuses on the 
activities within each of these segments. 

In addition, the Corporation conducts brokerage activities through C&F Investment Services, Inc., insurance 
activities  through  C&F  Insurance  Services,  Inc.  and  title  insurance  services  through  C&F  Title  Agency,  Inc.    The 
financial position and operating results of any one of these subsidiaries are not significant to the Corporation as a 
whole and are not considered principal activities of the Corporation at this time. 

The  Corporation  also  owns  two  non-operating  subsidiaries,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  II  formed  in 
December 2007 and C&F Financial Statutory Trust I formed in July 2005.  These trusts were formed for the purpose 
of  issuing  $10.0  million  each  of  trust  preferred  capital  securities  in  private  placements  to  institutional  investors.  
These trusts are unconsolidated subsidiaries of the Corporation and their principal assets are $10.3 million each of 
the Corporation’s junior subordinated debt securities (referred to herein as “trust preferred capital notes,”) that are 
reported as liabilities of the Corporation.  

Retail Banking 

We  provide  retail  banking  services  at  the  Bank’s  main  office  in  West  Point,  Virginia,  and  17  Virginia 
branches  located  one  each  in  Chester,  Hampton,  Mechanicsville,  Midlothian,  Newport  News,  Norge,  Providence 
Forge,  Quinton,  Saluda,  Sandston,  Varina,  West  Point,  Yorktown,  and  two  each  in  Williamsburg  and  Richmond.  
These  branches  provide  a  wide  range  of  banking  services  to  individuals  and  businesses.    These  services  include 
various  types  of  checking  and  savings  deposit  accounts,  as  well  as  business,  real  estate,  development,  mortgage, 
home equity and installment loans.  The Bank also offers ATMs, internet banking, credit card and trust services, as 
well as travelers’ checks, safe deposit box rentals, collection, notary public, wire service and other customary bank 
services to its customers.  Revenues from retail banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on loans and 
investment  securities  and  fees  related  to  deposit  services.    At  December  31,  2007,  assets  of  the  Retail  Banking 
segment totaled $634.7 million. For the year ended December 31, 2007, income before income taxes for this segment 
totaled $4.3 million. 

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Banking 

We conduct mortgage banking activities through C&F Mortgage, which was organized in September 1995.  
C&F Mortgage provides mortgage loan origination services through 14 locations in Virginia, three in Maryland, two 
in  North  Carolina  and  one  each  in  Newport,  Delaware  and  Moorestown,  New  Jersey.    The  Virginia  offices  are 
located  one  each  in  Charlottesville,  Chester,  Fairfax,  Fishersville,  Fredericksburg,  Hanover,  Harrisonburg, 
Lexington, Lynchburg, Midlothian, Newport News, Richmond, Roanoke and Virginia Beach.  The Maryland offices 
are  located  in  Annapolis,  Ellicott  City  and  Waldorf.    The  North  Carolina  offices  are  located  in  Charlotte  and 
Gastonia.    C&F  Mortgage  offers  a  wide  variety  of  residential  mortgage  loans,  which  are  originated  for  sale  to 
numerous investors.  C&F Mortgage does not securitize loans.  Purchasers of loans include, but are not limited to, 
Countrywide  Bank,  FSB;  Franklin  American  Mortgage  Company;  the  Virginia  Housing  Development  Authority; 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.; and Wells Fargo Home Mortgage.  The Bank also purchases lot and permanent loans 
and  home  equity  lines  of  credit  from  C&F  Mortgage.    C&F  Mortgage  originates  conventional  mortgage  loans, 
mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the FHA), mortgage loans partially guaranteed by 
the Veterans Administration (the VA) and home equity loans.  A majority of the conventional loans are conforming 
loans  that  qualify  for  purchase  by  the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association  (Fannie  Mae)  or  the  Federal  Home 
Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac).  The remainder of the conventional loans are non-conforming loans that 
do not meet Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac guidelines, but are eligible for sale to various other investors.  Through its 
subsidiaries,  C&F  Mortgage  also  provides  ancillary  mortgage  loan  origination  services  for  loan  settlement  and 
residential appraisals.  Revenues from mortgage banking operations consist principally of gains on sales of loans in 
the  secondary  mortgage  market, loan origination fee income and interest earned on mortgage loans held for sale.  
At December 31, 2007, assets of the Mortgage Banking segment totaled $44.8 million. For the year ended December 
31, 2007, income before income taxes for this segment totaled $2.8 million. 

Consumer Finance 

We  conduct  consumer  finance  activities  through  C&F  Finance,  which  the  Bank  acquired  on  September  1, 
2002.  C&F Finance is a regional finance company providing automobile loans throughout Virginia and in portions 
of  Kentucky,  Maryland,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Tennessee  and  West  Virginia  through  its  offices  in  Richmond, 
Roanoke  and  Hampton,  Virginia,  in  Nashville,  Tennessee  and  in  Towson,  Maryland.    C&F  Finance  is  an  indirect 
lender  that  provides  automobile  financing  through  lending  programs  that  are  designed  to  serve  customers in the 
“non-prime” market who have limited access to traditional automobile financing.  C&F Finance generally purchases 
installment  contracts  from  manufacturer-franchised  dealerships  with  used-car  operations  and  through  selected 
independent dealerships.  C&F Finance selects these dealers based on the types of vehicles sold.  Specifically, C&F 
Finance  prefers  to  finance  new  vehicles  and  later  model,  low  mileage  used  vehicles.    C&F  Finance’s  typical 
borrowers  have  experienced  prior  credit  difficulties.    Because  C&F  Finance  serves  customers  who  are  unable  to 
meet the credit standards imposed by most traditional automobile financing sources, C&F Finance typically charges 
interest at higher rates than those charged by traditional financing sources.  As C&F Finance provides financing in a 
relatively  high-risk  market,  it  expects  to  experience  a  higher  level  of  credit  losses  than  traditional  automobile 
financing sources.  Revenues from consumer finance operations consist principally of interest earned on automobile 
loans.  At December 31, 2007, assets of the Consumer Finance segment totaled $167.4 million.  For the year ended 
December 31, 2007, income before income taxes for this segment totaled $4.4 million. 

Employees 

At  December  31,  2007,  we employed 512 full-time equivalent employees.  We consider relations with our 

employees to be excellent. 

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Competition 

Retail Banking 

In  the  Bank’s  market  area,  we  compete  with  large  national  and  regional  financial  institutions,  savings 
associations and other independent community banks, as well as credit unions, mutual funds, brokerage firms and 
insurance companies.  Increased competition has come from out-of-state banks through their acquisition of Virginia-
based banks and expansion of community and regional banks into our service areas. 

The  banking  business  in  Virginia,  and  in  the  Bank’s  primary  service  area  in  the  Hampton  to  Richmond 
corridor, is highly competitive for both loans and deposits, and is dominated by a relatively small number of large 
banks with many offices operating over a wide geographic area.  Among the advantages such large banks have are 
their  ability  to  finance  wide-ranging  advertising  campaigns  and,  by  virtue  of  their  greater  total  capitalization,  to 
have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank.  

Factors  such  as  interest  rates  offered,  the  number  and  location  of  branches  and  the  types  of  products 
offered,  as  well  as  the  reputation  of  the  institution  affect  competition  for  deposits  and  loans.    We  compete  by 
emphasizing  customer  service  and  technology,  establishing  long-term  customer  relationships,  building  customer 
loyalty, and providing products and services to address the specific needs of our customers.  We target individual 
and small-to-medium size business customers. 

No material part of the Bank’s business is dependent upon a single or a few customers, and the loss of any 

single customer would not have a materially adverse effect upon the Bank’s business. 

Mortgage Banking 

Several factors caused rapid consolidation in the mortgage lending industry over the last decade.  First, the 
continuing evolution of the secondary mortgage market led to more commodity-like mortgages.  Second, increased 
regulation  imposed  on  the  industry  resulted  in  significant  costs  and  the  need  for  higher  levels  of  specialization.  
Third, interest rate volatility resulted in an increase in mortgagors’ propensity to refinance their mortgages.  These 
factors, together with fluctuations in new home construction and sales, have caused relatively large swings in the 
volume of loans originated from year to year and dramatically increased complexity in the business.  During 2007, 
there was significant contraction in both the volume of loans originated and the number of institutions and brokers 
providing  mortgage  loans  for  new  and  resale  home  sales  and  refinancings.    This  contraction  accompanied  a 
downturn in the housing markets related to declines in real estate values, coupled with increased payment defaults 
by borrowers and increased loan foreclosures.  To operate profitably in this environment, lenders must have a high 
level  of  operational  and  risk  management  skills,  as  well  as  technological  expertise.    Our  mortgage  subsidiary 
competes by offering a wide selection of products; providing consistently high quality customer service; and pricing 
its products at competitive rates. 

No material part of C&F Mortgage’s business is dependent upon a single or a few customers or investors, 
and the loss of any single customer or investor would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Mortgage’s 
business. 

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Finance 

The non-prime automobile finance business is highly competitive.  The automobile finance market is highly 
fragmented  and  is  served  by  a  variety  of  financial  entities,  including  the  captive  finance  affiliates  of  major 
automotive manufacturers, banks, savings associations, credit unions and independent finance companies.  Many of 
these  competitors  have  substantially  greater  financial  resources  and  lower  costs  of  funds  than  our  finance 
subsidiary.    In  addition,  competitors  often  provide  financing  on  terms  that  are  more  favorable  to  automobile 
purchasers  or  dealers  than  the  terms  C&F  Finance  offers.    Many  of  these  competitors  also  have  long-standing 
relationships  with  automobile  dealerships  and  may  offer  dealerships  or  their  customers  other  forms  of  financing, 
including dealer floor plan financing and leasing, which we do not. 

Providers  of  automobile  financing  traditionally  have  competed  on  the  basis  of  interest  rates  charged,  the 
quality  of  credit  accepted,  the  flexibility  of  loan  terms  offered  and  the  quality  of  service  provided  to  dealers  and 
customers.  To establish C&F Finance as one of the principal financing sources at the dealers it serves, we compete 
predominately through a high level of dealer service, strong dealer relationships and by offering flexible loan terms. 

No material part of C&F Finance’s business is dependent upon any single dealer relationship, and the loss 

of any single dealer relationship would not have a materially adverse effect upon C&F Finance’s business. 

Regulation and Supervision 

General 

Bank  holding  companies  and  banks  are  extensively  regulated  under  both  federal  and  state  law.    The 

following summary briefly describes the more significant provisions of applicable federal and state laws and certain 

regulations  and  the  potential  impact  of  such  provisions  on  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank.    This  summary  is  not 

complete, and we refer you to the particular statutory or regulatory provisions or proposals for more information.  

Because  federal  regulation  of  financial  institutions  changes  regularly  and  is  the  subject  of  constant  legislative 

debate, we cannot forecast how federal regulation of financial institutions may change in the future and impact the 

Corporation’s and the Bank’s operations. 

Regulation of the Corporation 

The  Corporation  must  file  annual,  quarterly  and  other  periodic  reports  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange 

Commission (the SEC).  The Corporation is directly affected by the corporate responsibility and accounting reform 

legislation signed into law on July 30, 2002, known as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the SOX Act), and the related 

rules and regulations.  The SOX Act includes provisions that, among other things:  (1) require that periodic reports 

containing  financial  statements  that  are  filed  with  the  SEC  be  accompanied  by  chief  executive  officer  and  chief 

financial  officer  certifications  as  to  their  accuracy  and  compliance  with  law;  (2)  prohibit  public  companies,  with 

certain  limited  exceptions,  from  making  personal  loans  to  their  directors  or  executive  officers;  (3)  require  chief 

executive  officers  and  chief  financial  officers  to  forfeit  bonuses  and  profits  if  company  financial  statements  are 

restated due to misconduct; (4) require audit committees to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services provided 

by an issuer’s outside auditors, except for de minimis non-audit services; (5) protect employees of public companies 

who assist in investigations relating to violations of the federal securities laws from job discrimination; (6) require 

companies to disclose in plain English on a “rapid and current basis” material changes in their financial condition or 

operations, as well as certain other specified information; (7) require a public company’s Section 16 insiders to make 

Form  4  filings  with  the  SEC  within  two  business  days  following  the  day  on  which  purchases  or  sales  of  the 

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
company’s  equity  securities  were  made;  and  (8)  increased  penalties  for  existing  crimes  and  created  new  criminal 

offenses.    While  the  Corporation  has  incurred  additional  expenses  and  we  expect  to  continue  to  incur  additional 

expenses in complying with the requirements of the SOX Act and related regulations adopted by the SEC and the 

Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, we anticipate that those expenses will not have a material effect on 

the Corporation’s results of operations or financial condition. 

The Corporation is also subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the 

Federal Reserve Board).  The Federal Reserve Board has jurisdiction to approve any bank or non-bank acquisition, 

merger  or  consolidation  proposed  by  a  bank  holding  company.    The  Bank  Holding  Company  Act  of  1956  (the 

BHCA) generally limits the activities of a bank holding company and its subsidiaries to that of banking, managing 

or controlling banks, or any other activity that is closely related to banking or to managing or controlling banks.   

Since  September  1995,  the  BHCA has permitted bank holding companies from any state to acquire banks 

and bank holding companies located in any other state, subject to certain conditions, including nationwide and state 

imposed concentration limits.  Banks also are able to branch across state lines, provided certain conditions are met, 

including that applicable state laws expressly permit such interstate branching.  Virginia permits branching across 

state lines, provided there is reciprocity with the state in which the out-of-state bank is based. 

Federal  law  and  regulatory  policy  impose  a  number  of  obligations  and  restrictions  on  bank  holding 

companies  and  their  depository  institution  subsidiaries  to reduce potential loss exposure to the depositors and to 

the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the  FDIC)  insurance  funds.    For  example,  a  bank  holding  company 

must commit resources to support its subsidiary depository institutions.  In addition, insured depository institutions 

under  common  control  must  reimburse  the  FDIC  for  any  loss  suffered  or  reasonably  anticipated  by  the  Deposit 

Insurance Fund (DIF) as a result of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution.  The FDIC 

may decline to enforce the provisions if it determines that a waiver is in the best interest of the DIF.  An FDIC claim 

for damage is superior to claims of stockholders of an insured depository institution or its holding company but is 

subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and holders of subordinated debt, other than affiliates, of the 

commonly controlled insured depository institution. 

The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the FDIA) provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other 

resolution  of  any  insured  depository  institution  must  be  distributed,  after  payment  of  secured  claims,  to  pay  the 

deposit  liabilities  of  the  institution  before  payment  of  any  other  general  creditor  or  stockholder.    This  provision 

would  give  depositors  a  preference  over  general  and  subordinated  creditors  and  stockholders  if  a  receiver  is 

appointed to distribute the assets of the Bank.   

The  Corporation  also  is  subject  to  regulation  and  supervision  by  the  State  Corporation  Commission  of 

Virginia.   

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Requirements 

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued substantially similar risk-based and leverage capital 

guidelines applicable to banking organizations they supervise.  Under the risk-based capital requirements of these 

federal bank regulatory agencies, the Corporation and the Bank are required to maintain a minimum ratio of total 

capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0 percent and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 

at least 4.0 percent.  At least half of the total capital must be Tier 1 capital, which includes common equity, retained 

earnings  and  qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less certain intangibles and other adjustments.  The remainder 

may consist of Tier 2 capital, such as a limited amount of subordinated and other qualifying debt (including certain 

hybrid  capital  instruments),  other  qualifying  preferred  stock  and  a  limited  amount  of  the  general  loan  loss 

allowance.    For  the  Corporation  only,  Tier  1  and  total  capital  include  trust preferred securities.  At December 31, 

2007, the total capital to risk-weighted asset ratio of the Corporation was 12.8 percent and the ratio of the Bank was 

12.1  percent.      At  December  31,  2007,  the  Tier  1  capital  to  risk-weighted  asset  ratio  was  11.2  percent  for  the 

Corporation and 10.8 percent for the Bank. 

In  addition,  each  of  the  federal  regulatory  agencies  has  established  leverage  capital  ratio  guidelines  for 

banking organizations.  These guidelines provide for a minimum Tier l leverage ratio of 4.0 percent for banks and 

bank holding companies.  At December 31, 2007, the Tier l leverage ratio was 9.4 percent for the Corporation and 

9.0 percent for the Bank.  The guidelines also provide that banking organizations experiencing internal growth or 

making acquisitions must maintain capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels, without 

significant reliance on intangible assets. 

Limits on Dividends 

The Corporation is a legal entity, separate and distinct from the Bank.  A significant portion of the revenues 

of the Corporation result from dividends paid to it by the Bank.  Both the Corporation and the Bank are subject to 

laws  and  regulations  that  limit  the  payment  of dividends, including requirements to maintain capital at or above 

regulatory minimums.  Banking regulators have indicated that Virginia banking organizations should generally pay 

dividends only (1) from net undivided profits of the bank, after providing for all expenses, losses, interest and taxes 

accrued  or  due  by  the  bank  and  only  (2)  if  the  prospective  rate  of  earnings  retention  appears  consistent  with  the 

organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  In addition, the FDIA prohibits insured 

depository institutions such as the Bank from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, 

after making such distribution, the institution would become undercapitalized as defined in the statute. 

We  do  not  expect  that  any  of  these  laws,  regulations  or  policies  will  materially  affect  the  ability  of  the 

Corporation  or  the  Bank  to  pay  dividends.    During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  the  Bank  declared  $19.4 

million in dividends payable to the Corporation, which were used to fund the Corporation’s share purchases, debt 

service  and  $3.8  million  in  dividends  payable  to  shareholders.    The  decline  in  the  Bank’s  capital  attributable  to 

dividends paid to the Corporation was offset in part by the Corporation’s additional investment in the Bank of the 

$10.0 million proceeds from the issuance of trust preferred securities in December 2007. 

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulation of the Bank and Other Subsidiaries 

The  Bank  is  subject  to  supervision,  regulation  and  examination  by  the  Virginia  State  Corporation 

Commission Bureau of Financial Institutions (VBFI) and the FDIC.  The various laws and regulations administered 

by the regulatory agencies affect corporate practices, such as the payment of dividends, the incurrence of debt and 

the acquisition of financial institutions and other companies, and affect business practices, such as the payment of 

interest on deposits, the charging of interest on loans, the types of business conducted and the location of offices. 

FDIA and Associated Regulations.  Section 36 of the FDIA and associated regulations require management of 

every insured depository institution with total assets between $500 million and $1 billion at the beginning of a fiscal 

year to obtain an annual audit of its financial statements by an independent public accountant, report to the banking 

agencies  on  the  institution’s  compliance  with  designated  laws  and  regulations  and  establish  an  audit  committee 

comprised  of  outside  directors,  at  least  a  majority  of  whom  must  be  independent  of  management.    The  Bank  is 

subject to the annual audit, reporting and audit committee requirements of Section 36 of the FDIA. 

Community Reinvestment Act.  The Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) imposes on financial institutions an 

affirmative  and  ongoing  obligation  to  meet  the  credit  needs  of  their  local  communities,  including  low  and 

moderate-income  neighborhoods,  consistent  with  the  safe  and  sound  operation  of  those  institutions.    A  financial 

institution’s efforts in meeting community credit needs are assessed based on specified factors.  These factors also 

are  considered  in  evaluating  mergers,  acquisitions  and  applications  to  open  a  branch  or  facility.    Following  the 

Bank’s  most  recent  scheduled  compliance  examination  in  July  2006,  it  received  a CRA performance evaluation of 

“satisfactory.” 

Insurance  of  Accounts,  Assessments  and  Regulation  by  the  FDIC.    The  Bank’s  deposits  are  insured  up  to 

applicable  limits  by  the  DIF  of  the  FDIC.    The  DIF  is  the  successor  to  the  Bank  Insurance  Fund  and  the  Savings 

Association  Insurance  Fund,  which  were  merged  in  2006.    The  FDIC  recently  amended  its  risk-based  assessment 

system  for  2007  to  implement  authority  granted  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Reform  Act  of  2005  (FDIRA).  

Under  the  revised  system,  insured  institutions  are  assigned  to  one  of  four  risk  categories  based  on  supervisory 

evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors.  An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the 

category  to  which  it  is  assigned.    Unlike  the  other  categories,  Risk  Category  I,  which  contains  the  least  risky 

depository  institutions,  contains  further  risk  differentiation  based  on  the  FDIC’s  analysis  of  financial  ratios, 

examination component ratings and other information.  Assessment rates are determined by the FDIC and currently 

range from five to seven basis points for the healthiest institutions (Risk Category I) to 43 basis points of assessable 

deposits  for  the  riskiest  (Risk  Category  IV).    The  FDIC  may  adjust  rates  uniformly  from  one  quarter  to  the  next, 

except that no single adjustment can exceed three basis points. 

FDIRA  also  provided  for  a  one-time  credit  for  eligible  institutions  based  on  their  assessment  base  as  of 

December 31, 1996.  Subject to certain limitations with respect to institutions that are exhibiting weaknesses, credits 

can be used to offset assessments until exhausted.  The Bank’s one-time credit was $297,000, of which $210,000 has 

been  applied  to  offset  assessments  in  2007.    FDIRA  also  provided  for  the  possibility  that  the  FDIC  may  pay 

dividends  to  insured  institutions  if  the  DIF  reserve  ratio  equals  or  exceeds  1.35  percent  of  estimated  insured 

deposits. 

Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of  Atlanta.    The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (FHLB)  of 

Atlanta, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that provide funding to their members for making housing loans as well 

as for affordable housing and community development loans.  Each FHLB serves as a reserve, or central bank, for 

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  members  within  its  assigned  region.    Each  is  funded  primarily  from  proceeds  derived  from  the  sale  of 

consolidated obligations of the FHLB System.  Each FHLB makes loans to members in accordance with policies and 

procedures established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB.  As a member, the Bank must purchase and maintain 

stock in the FHLB.  In 2004, the FHLB converted to its new capital structure, which established the minimum capital 

stock requirement for member banks as an amount equal to the sum of a membership requirement and an activity-

based requirement.  At December 31, 2007, the Bank owned $4.4 million of FHLB stock. 

USA  Patriot  Act.    The  USA  Patriot  Act,  which  became  effective  on  October  26,  2001,  amends  the  Bank 

Secrecy Act and is intended to facilitate information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions 

for  the  purpose  of  combating  terrorism  and  money  laundering.    Among  other  provisions,  the  USA  Patriot  Act 

permits  financial  institutions,  upon  providing  notice  to  the  United  States  Department  of  the  Treasury  (Treasury 

Department), to share information with one another in order to better identify and report to the federal government 

activities  that  may  involve  money  laundering  or  terrorists’  activities.    The  USA  Patriot  Act  is  considered  a 

significant  banking  law  in  terms  of  information  disclosure  regarding  certain  customer  transactions.    Certain 

provisions of the USA Patriot Act impose the obligation to establish anti-money laundering programs, including the 

development of a customer identification program, and the screening of all customers against any government lists 

of known or suspected terrorists.  Although it does create a reporting obligation and there is a cost of compliance, 

the USA Patriot Act does not materially affect the Bank’s products, services or other business activities. 

Reporting  Terrorist  Activities.    The  Federal  Bureau  of  Investigation  (FBI)  has  sent,  and  will  send,  banking 

regulatory agencies lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in terrorist activities.  The Bank has been 

requested, and will be requested, to search its records for any relationships or transactions with persons on those 

lists.  If the Bank finds any relationships or transactions, it must file a suspicious activity report with the Treasury 

Department and contact the FBI. 

The Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC), which is a division of the Treasury Department, is responsible 

for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as 

defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress.  OFAC sends banking regulatory agencies lists of names 

of persons and organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts.  If the Bank finds a name 

on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious 

activity  report  with  the  Treasury  Department  and  notify  the  FBI.    The  Bank  has  appointed  an  OFAC  compliance 

officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications.  The Bank actively checks high-

risk  areas  such  as  new  accounts,  wire  transfers  and  customer  files.    The  Bank  performs  these  checks  utilizing 

software that is updated each time a modification is made to the lists of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked 

Persons provided by OFAC and other agencies. 

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage  Banking  Regulation.    In  addition to certain of the Bank’s regulations, the Corporation’s Mortgage 

Banking  segment  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of,  and  examination  by  the  Department  of  Housing  and 

Urban  Development  (HUD),  the  FHA,  the  VA  and  state  regulatory  authorities  with  respect  to  originating, 

processing  and  selling  mortgage  loans.    Those  rules  and  regulations,  among  other  things,  establish  standards  for 

loan origination, prohibit discrimination, provide for inspections and appraisals of property, require credit reports 

on prospective borrowers and, in some cases, restrict certain loan features and fix maximum interest rates and fees.  

In  addition  to  other federal laws, mortgage origination activities are subject to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, 

Truth-in-Lending  Act,  Home  Mortgage  Disclosure  Act,  Real  Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act,  and  Home 

Ownership  Equity  Protection  Act,  and  the  regulations  promulgated  under  these  acts.    These  laws  prohibit 

discrimination,  require  the disclosure of certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit and settlement 

costs,  limit  payment  for  settlement  services  to  the  reasonable  value  of  the  services  rendered  and  require  the 

maintenance  and  disclosure  of  information  regarding  the  disposition  of  mortgage  applications  based  on  race, 

gender, geographical distribution and income level. 

Consumer Financing Regulation.  The Corporation’s Consumer Finance segment also is regulated by the VBFI.  

The VBFI regulates and enforces laws relating to consumer lenders and sales finance agencies such as C&F Finance.  

Such  rules  and  regulations  generally  provide  for  licensing  of  sales  finance  agencies;  limitations  on  amounts, 

duration  and  charges,  including  interest  rates,  for  various  categories  of  loans;  requirements  as  to  the  form  and 

content of finance contracts and other documentation; and restrictions on collection practices and creditors’ rights. 

Consumer Protection.  The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003, which amended the Fair Credit 

Reporting  Act,  requires  financial  institutions  to  implement  policies  and  procedures  that  track  identity  theft 

incidents;  provide  identity-theft  victims  with  evidence  of  fraudulent  transactions  upon  request;  block  from 

reporting  to  consumer  reporting  agencies  credit  information  resulting  from  identity  theft;  notify  customers  of 

adverse  information  concerning  the  customer  in  consumer  reporting  agency  reports;  and  notify  customers  when 

reporting negative information concerning the customer to a consumer reporting agency. 

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations 

Prompt  Correction  Action.    The  federal  banking  agencies  have  broad  powers  under  current  federal  law  to 

take  prompt  corrective  action  to  resolve  problems  of  insured  depository  institutions.    The  extent  of  these  powers 

depends  upon  whether 

the 

institution 

in  question 

is  “well  capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized,” 

“undercapitalized,”  “significantly  undercapitalized”  or  “critically  undercapitalized.”    These  terms  are  defined 

under uniform regulations issued by each of the federal banking agencies regulating these institutions.  An insured 

depository institution which is less than adequately capitalized must adopt an acceptable capital restoration plan, is 

subject to increased regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities.  As 

of December 31, 2007, the Bank was considered “well capitalized.” 

Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act (Check 21).  Check 21 gives “substitute checks,” such as a digital image 

of  a  check  and  copies  made  from  that  image,  the  same  legal  standing  as  the  original  paper  check.    The  major 

provisions  of  Check  21  include:    allowing  check  truncation  without  making  it  mandatory;  demanding  that  every 

financial  institution  communicate  to  account  holders  in  writing  a  description  of  its  substitute  check  processing 

program  and  their  rights  under  the  law;  legalizing  substitutions  for  and  replacements  of  paper  checks  without 

agreement  from  consumers;  retaining  in  place  the  previously-mandated  electronic collection and return of checks 

between financial institutions only when individual agreements are in place; requiring that when account holders 

request  verification,  financial  institutions  produce  the  original  check  (or  a  copy  that  accurately  represents  the 

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
original) and demonstrate that the account debit was accurate and valid; and requiring recrediting of funds to an 

individual’s account on the next business day after a consumer proves that the financial institution has erred.  This 

legislation has not significantly increased our capital spending. 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (GLBA).  The GLBA implemented major changes to the statutory framework 

for providing banking and other financial services in the United States.  The GLBA, among other things, eliminated 

many of the restrictions on affiliations among banks and securities firms, insurance firms and other financial service 

providers.    A  bank  holding  company  that  qualifies  and  elects  to  be  a  financial  holding  company  is  permitted  to 

engage  in  activities  that  are  financial  in  nature  or  incident  or complimentary to financial activities.  The activities 

that the GLBA expressly lists as financial in nature include insurance underwriting, sales and brokerage activities, 

financial and investment advisory services, underwriting services and limited merchant banking activities. 

To  become  eligible  for  these  expanded  activities,  a  bank  holding  company  must  qualify  as  a  financial 

holding company.  To qualify as a financial holding company, each insured depository institution controlled by the 

bank  holding  company  must  be  well-capitalized,  well-managed  and  have  at  least  a  satisfactory  rating  under  the 

CRA.    In  addition,  the  bank  holding  company  must  file  with  the  Federal  Reserve  a  declaration  of  its  intention  to 

become a financial holding company.  While the Corporation satisfies these requirements, the Corporation has not 

elected to be treated as a financial holding company under the GLBA. 

The  GLBA  has  not  had  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  Corporation’s  or  the  Bank’s  operations.    To  the 

extent  that  it  allows  banks,  securities  firms  and  insurance  firms  to  affiliate,  the  financial  services  industry  may 

experience further consolidation.  The GLBA may have the result of increasing competition that we face from larger 

institutions and other companies that offer financial products and services and that may have substantially greater 

financial resources than the Corporation or the Bank. 

The GLBA and certain regulations issued by federal banking agencies also provide protections against the 

transfer and use by financial institutions of consumer nonpublic personal information.  A financial institution must 

provide  to  its  customers,  at  the  beginning  of  the  customer  relationship  and  annually  thereafter,  the  institution’s 

policies  and  procedures  regarding  the  handling  of  customers’  nonpublic  personal  financial  information.    These 

privacy  provisions  generally  prohibit  a  financial  institution  from  providing  a  customer’s  personal  financial 

information to unaffiliated third parties unless the institution discloses to the customer that the information may be 

so provided and the customer is given the opportunity to opt out of such disclosure.   

Available Information 

The Corporation’s SEC filings are filed electronically and are available to the public over the Internet at the 

SEC’s  web  site  at  http://www.sec.gov.  In addition, any document filed by the Corporation with the SEC can be 

read and copied at the SEC’s public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Room  1580, Washington, D.C. 20549.  

Copies of documents can be obtained at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 

F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.  The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference 

Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.  The Corporation’s SEC filings also are available through our web site 

at http://www.cffc.com under “About C&F/C&F Financial Corporation/SEC Filings” as of the day they are filed 

with the SEC.  Copies of documents also can be obtained free of charge by writing to the Corporation’s secretary at 

P.O. Box 391, West Point, VA 23181 or by calling 804-843-2360. 

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

We  are  subject  to  interest  rate  risk  and  fluctuations  in  interest  rates  may  negatively  affect  our  financial 

performance. 

Our profitability depends in substantial part on our net interest margin, which is the difference between the 

interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits and borrowings.  

Changes  in  interest  rates  will  affect  our  net  interest  margin  in  diverse  ways,  including  the  pricing  of  loans  and 

deposits,  the  levels  of  prepayments  and  asset  quality.    We  are  unable  to  predict  actual  fluctuations  of  market 

interest rates because many factors influencing interest rates are beyond our control.  We attempt to minimize our 

exposure to interest rate risk, but we are unable to eliminate it.  Based on our asset/liability position at December 

31, 2007, we are vulnerable to continued decreases in short-term interest rates because of our asset-sensitive balance 

sheet profile.  We believe that our current interest rate exposure is manageable and does not indicate any significant 

exposure  to  interest  rate  changes.    However,  the  interest  rate  cuts  made  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  since 

September 2007 have immediately reduced our yield on variable-rate loans without a corresponding reduction in 

deposit  costs,  which  will  result  in  a  decline  in  our  net  interest  margin.    We  expect  more  pronounced  net  interest 

margin  compression  in  2008  if  interest  rates  on  our  variable-rate  loans  continue  to  decline  while  competition  for 

deposits hinders a decline in rates paid for deposits. 

Periods of rising interest rates or a decline in real estate values in our market will adversely affect our income from 

our mortgage company. 

One of the components of our strategic plan is to generate significant noninterest income from our mortgage 

company, C&F Mortgage.  In periods of rising interest rates, consumer demand for new mortgages and refinancings 

may decrease, which in turn could adversely impact our mortgage company.  In addition, rising interest rates could 

create  higher  debt  burden  and  default  risk  for  borrowers  who  have  adjustable-rate  mortgage  loans  that  reset  at 

higher  interest  rates.    Because  interest  rates  depend  on  factors  outside  of  our  control,  we  cannot  eliminate  the 

interest rate risk associated with our mortgage operations. 

Certain credit markets have experienced difficult conditions and volatility during 2007 and there has been 
an increase in mortgage loan foreclosures throughout the United States.  The majority of these foreclosures appear 
to involve borrowers who had financed home purchases or refinanced existing home mortgage loans with so-called 
subprime mortgage loans or alternative loan products.  Mortgage loan foreclosures can result in increases in loan 
losses  and  require  mortgage  lenders  to  take  ownership  of  the  foreclosed  real  properties  in  order  to  mitigate 
potential loan losses, which can result in increased noninterest expenses. 

The Corporation originates a variety of residential loan products for sale into the secondary market through 
C&F Mortgage.  These products include conventional residential mortgages, which are generally considered prime 
loans,  and  alternative  loan  products.    This  latter  category of loans includes loans with higher loan to value ratios 
and  loans  with  no  or  limited  verification  of  a  borrower’s  income  or  assets  stated  on  the  loan  application.    The 
general  market  for  these  alternative  loan  products  across  the  country  has  declined  as  a  result  of  moderating  real 
estate prices, increased payment defaults by borrowers and increased loan foreclosures.  These factors may result in 
potential repurchase liability to our mortgage company on residential mortgage loans originated and sold into the 
secondary market.  While we mitigate the risk of repurchase liability by underwriting to the purchasers’ guidelines 
and  do  not  believe  that  our  exposure  to  this  liability  is  significant  at  this  time,  we  cannot  be  assured  that  a 
prolonged  period  of  payment  defaults  and  foreclosures  will  not  result  in  an  increase  in  requests  for  repurchases, 
which would adversely affect the Corporation’s net income. 

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  business  is  subject  to  various  lending  and  other  economic  risks  that  could  adversely  impact  our  results  of 

operations and financial condition. 

Changes  in  economic  conditions,  particularly  an  economic  slowdown,  could  hurt  our  business.  Our 

business  is  directly  affected  by  general  economic  and  market  conditions;  broad  trends  in  industry  and  finance; 

legislative and regulatory changes; changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies; and inflation, all of which 

are  beyond  our  control.  A  deterioration  in  economic  conditions,  in  particular  an  economic  slowdown  within  our 

geographic region, could result in the following consequences, any of which could hurt our business materially: an 

increase in loan delinquencies; an increase in problem assets and foreclosures; a decline in demand for our products 

and services; and a deterioration in the value of collateral for loans made by our various business segments. 

Our  level  of  credit  risk  is  increasing  due  to  the  concentration  of  our  loan  portfolio  in  commercial  loans  and  in 

consumer finance loans. 

At December 31, 2007, 43 percent of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial, financial and agricultural 

loans.  These loans generally carry larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of financial and credit risk than 

home equity and residential loans.  The increased financial and credit risk associated with these types of loans is a 

result of several factors, including the concentration of principal in a limited number of loans and to borrowers in 

similar lines of business, the size of loan balances, the effects of general economic conditions on income-producing 

properties and the increased difficulty of evaluating and monitoring these types of loans. 

At  December  31,  2007,  27  percent  of  our  loan  portfolio  consisted  of  consumer  finance  loans  that  provide 

automobile financing for customers in the non-prime market.  During periods of economic slowdown or recession, 

delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses  generally  increase  in  this  portfolio.    Significant  increases  in  the 

inventory of used automobiles during periods of economic recession may also depress the prices at which we may 

sell  repossessed  automobiles  or  delay  the  timing  of  these  sales.    Because  we  focus  on  non-prime  borrowers,  the 

actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher than those experienced in 

the  general  automobile  finance  industry  and  could  be dramatically affected by a general economic downturn.  In 

addition, our servicing costs may increase without a corresponding increase in our finance charge income.  While 

we manage the higher risk inherent in loans made to non-prime borrowers through our underwriting criteria and 

collection methods, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or methods will ultimately provide adequate protection 

against these risks.  

If our allowance for loan losses becomes inadequate, the results of our operations may be adversely affected.  

Making loans is an essential element of our business.  The risk of nonpayment is affected by a number of 

factors,  including  but  not  limited  to:  the  duration  of  the  credit;  credit  risks  of  a  particular  customer;  changes  in 

economic and industry conditions; and, in the case of a collateralized loan, risks resulting from uncertainties about 

the  future  value  of  the  collateral.    Although  we  seek  to  mitigate  risks  inherent  in  lending  by  adhering  to  specific 

underwriting  practices,  our  loans  may  not  be  repaid.    We  attempt  to  maintain  an  appropriate  allowance  for  loan 

losses to provide for potential losses in our loan portfolio.  Our allowance for loan losses is determined by analyzing 

historical  loan  losses,  current  trends  in  delinquencies  and  charge-offs,  plans  for  problem  loan  resolution,  the 

opinions of our regulators, changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio and industry information.  Also 

included  in  our  estimates  for  loan  losses  are  considerations  with  respect  to  the  impact  of  economic  events,  the 

outcome of which are uncertain.  Because any estimate of loan losses is necessarily subjective and the accuracy of 

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
any  estimate  depends  on  the  outcome  of  future  events,  we  face  the  risk  that  charge-offs  in  future  periods  will 

exceed our allowance for loan losses and that additional increases in the allowance for loan losses will be required. 

Additions to the allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease of our net income.  Although we believe our 

allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses in our loan portfolio, we cannot predict such losses 

or that our allowance will be adequate in the future. 

Competition from other financial institutions and financial intermediaries may adversely affect our profitability.  

We  face  substantial  competition  in  originating  loans  and  in  attracting  deposits.  Our  competition  in 

originating  loans  and  attracting  deposits  comes  principally  from  other  banks,  mortgage  banking  companies, 

consumer finance companies, savings associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other 

institutional  lenders  and  purchasers  of  loans.    Additionally,  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  with  larger 

capitalization and financial intermediaries not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and 

are  thereby  able  to  serve  the  credit  needs  of  larger  clients.    These  institutions  may  be  able  to  offer  the  same  loan 

products and services that we offer at more competitive rates and prices.  Increased competition could require us to 

increase  the  rates  we  pay  on  deposits  or  lower  the  rates  we  offer  on  loans,  which  could  adversely  affect  our 

profitability. 

We  rely  heavily  on  our  management  team  and  the  unexpected  loss  of  key  officers  may  adversely  affect  our 

operations. 

We  believe  that  our  growth  and  future  success  will  depend  in  large  part  on  the  skills  of  our  executive 

officers.  We also depend upon the experience of the officers of our subsidiaries and on their relationships with the 

communities they serve.  The loss of the services of one or more of these officers could disrupt our operations and 

impair our ability to implement our business strategy, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition 

and  results  of  operations.    While  the  Corporation’s  Chief  Operating  Officer  resigned  effective  February  29,  2008 

because of family health considerations, he has agreed to assist management to assure a smooth transition. 

The success of our growth strategy depends on our ability to identify and recruit individuals with experience and 

relationships in our primary markets. 

The successful implementation of our business strategy will require us to continue to attract, hire, motivate 

and retain skilled personnel to develop new customer relationships as well as new financial products and services.  

The  market  for  qualified  management  personnel  is  competitive.    In  addition,  the  process  of  identifying  and 

recruiting  individuals  with  the  combination  of  skills  and  attributes  required  to  carry  out  our  strategy  is  often 

lengthy.  Our inability to identify, recruit and retain talented personnel to manage new offices effectively and in a 

timely manner would limit our growth, which could materially adversely affect our business. 

Our corporate culture has contributed to our success, and if we cannot maintain this culture as we grow, we could 

lose the beneficial aspects fostered by our culture, which could harm our business. 

We  believe  that  a  critical  contributor  to  our  success  has  been  our  corporate  culture,  which  focuses  on 

building personal relationships with our customers. As our organization grows, and we are required to implement 

more  complex  organizational  management  structures,  we  may  find  it  increasingly  difficult  to  maintain  the 

beneficial aspects of our corporate culture. This could negatively impact our future success. 

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

The Corporation has no unresolved comments from the SEC staff. 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

The  following  describes  the  location  and  general  character  of  the  principal  offices  and  other  materially 

important physical properties of the Corporation. 

The Corporation owns a building located at Eighth and Main Streets in the business district of West Point, 

Virginia.    The  building,  originally  constructed  in  1923,  has  three  floors  totaling  15,000  square  feet.    This  building 

houses the Bank’s Main Office, the main office of C&F Investment Services and office space for certain of the Bank’s 

administrative personnel. 

The Corporation owns a building located at 3600 LaGrange Parkway in Toano, Virginia.  The building was 

acquired in 2004 and has 85,000 square feet.  Approximately 30,000 square feet were renovated in 2005 in order to 

house  the  Bank’s  operations  center,  which  consists  of  the  Bank’s  loan,  deposit  and  administrative  functions  and 

staff. 

The building owned by the Corporation and previously used for the Bank’s deposit operations at Seventh & 

Main Streets in West Point Virginia, which is a 14,000 square foot building remodeled by the Corporation in 1991, 

has  been  leased  to  the  Economic  Development  Authority  of  the  Town  of  West  Point,  Virginia  (Development 

Authority)  for  the  purpose  of  housing  and  operating  incubator  businesses  under  the  supervision  of  the 

Development  Authority.    The  building  owned  by  the  Corporation  and  previously  used  for  the  Bank’s  loan 

operations  at  Sixth  and  Main  Streets  in  West  Point,  Virginia,  which  is  a  5,000  square  foot  building  acquired  and 

remodeled  by  the  Corporation  in  1998,  has  been  retained  as  back-up  facilities  for  the  new  operations  center.  

Management has not yet determined the long-term utilization of these properties. 

The  Corporation  owns  a  building  located  at  1400  Alverser  Drive  in  Midlothian,  Virginia.    The  building 

provides space for a branch office of the Bank and for a C&F Mortgage branch office, as well as C&F Mortgage’s 

main administrative offices.  This two-story building has 25,000 square feet and was constructed in 2001.  Also at 

the  Midlothian  location,  the Corporation owns an office condominium that houses a regional commercial lending 

office. 

The Corporation owns 15 other Bank branch locations and leases one Bank branch location and one regional 

commercial lending office in Virginia.  Rental expense for these leased locations totaled $94,000 for the year ended 

December 31, 2007. 

In connection with the opening of the Bank’s Newport News branch in 2007, C&F Mortgage relocated from 

a  leased  facility  to  the  second  floor  of  the  Bank  branch  building.    The  Corporation has 19 leased loan production 

offices, 12 in Virginia, three in Maryland, two in North Carolina and one each in Delaware and New Jersey, for C&F 

Mortgage.  Rental expense for these leased locations totaled $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. 

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Corporation  owns  a  building  located  at  4660  South  Laburnum  Avenue  in  Richmond,  Virginia.    The 

building was acquired in June 2005 and has approximately 8,800 square feet.  The building houses C&F Finance’s 

headquarters and provides space for its loan and administrative functions and staff.  In connection with the opening 

of the Bank’s Hampton branch in 2006, the Hampton office of C&F Finance was relocated from a leased facility to 

the second floor of the Bank branch building.  The Corporation has four leased offices, two in Virginia and one each 

in Maryland and Tennessee, for C&F Finance.  Rental expense for these leased locations totaled $54,000 for the year 

ended December 31, 2007. 

All of the Corporation’s properties are in good operating condition and are adequate for the Corporation’s 

present and anticipated future needs. 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

There  are  no  material  pending  legal  proceedings  to  which  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  is  a 

party or to which the property of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries is subject. 

ITEM 4. 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 

No matters were submitted during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report to a vote of  

security holders of the Corporation through a solicitation of proxies or otherwise. 

  Name (Age) 
  Present Position 

Larry G. Dillon (55) 
Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 

Business Experience 
During Past Five Years 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation and 
the Bank since 1989 

Thomas F. Cherry (39) 
Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer 
and Secretary 

Secretary of the Corporation and the Bank since 2002; Executive Vice President 
and Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and the Bank since 
December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
of the Corporation and the Bank from December 1998 to November 2004 

Robert L. Bryant (57) 
Executive Vice President 
and Chief Operating 
Officer* 

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation  
since February 2005; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer 
of the Bank since December 2004; Senior Vice President and Chief Operating 
Officer of the Bank from May 2004 to November 2004; President of 
Renaissance Resources, a business consulting practice located in Richmond, 
Virginia, from 1996 to 2004 

Bryan E. McKernon (51)  

President and Chief Executive Officer of C&F Mortgage since 1995 

*Mr. Bryant resigned effective February 29, 2008 because of family health considerations.  Mr. Bryant has agreed to 
assist management to assure a smooth transition. 

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

The Corporation’s common stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and is listed for trading on the 

NASDAQ Global Select Market of the NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “CFFI.” As of February 25, 2008, 

there were approximately 2,000 shareholders of record.  As of that date, the closing price of our common stock on 

the NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market was $31.37.  Following are the high and low sales prices as reported by the 

NASDAQ Stock Market, along with the dividends that were paid quarterly in 2007 and 2006.  

Quarter 
First 
Second 
Third 
Fourth 

_________2007_________ 

High 
$46.00 
  45.00 
  43.50 
  42.98 

Low  Dividends 
$39.60 
  36.10 
  38.05 
  30.25 

 $0.31 
   0.31 
   0.31 
   0.31 

__________2006__________ 
Low 
High 
$37.12 
$40.60 
  38.09 
  41.99 
  36.80 
  41.72 
  38.50 
  42.50 

Dividends 
$0.27 
  0.29 
  0.29 
  0.31 

Payment of dividends is at the discretion of the Corporation’s board of directors and is subject to various 

federal and state regulatory limitations.  For further information regarding payment of dividends, refer to Item 1, 

“Business,” under the heading “Limits on Dividends” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” 

under the heading “Note 13:  Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions.” 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 
For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2007 

Total 
Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

- 
- 
12,500 
12,500 

Average 
Price 
Paid Per 
Share 
$        - 
- 
35.47 
$35.47 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly 
Announced Program1 

- 
- 
12,500 
12,500 

Maximum Number 
of Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased Under 
the Program1 
107,700 
107,700 
95,200 

October 1-31, 2007 
November 1-30, 2007 
December 1-31, 2007 
  Total 

1On November 4, 2006, the Corporation’s board of directors authorized the purchase of up to 150,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock 
over the twelve months ending November 3, 2007.  Through June 30, 2007, 149,855 shares were purchased under this authorization.  On July 
17,  2007,  the  Corporation’s  board  of  directors  terminated  this  authorization  and  approved  a  new  authorization  to  purchase  up  to  150,000 
shares of the Corporation’s common stock over the twelve months ending July 16, 2008.  The stock may be purchased in the open market or 
through privately negotiated transactions, as management and the board of directors deem prudent. 

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY  

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
Selected Year-End Balances: 
Total assets 
Total shareholders’ equity 
Total loans (net) 
Total deposits 
Summary of Operations: 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 
Net interest income after provision for loan 

losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expenses 
Income before taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Per share: 
  Earnings per common share—basic 
  Earnings per common share—assuming 

  dilution 
  Dividends 
Weighted average number of shares— 
  assuming dilution 
Significant Ratios: 
Return on average assets 
Return on average equity 
Dividend payout ratio 
Average equity to average assets 

2007 

2006 

2005 

2004 

2003 

$785,596    
65,224    
585,881    
527,571    

$  64,825    
23,378    
41,447    
7,130    

34,317    
25,878    
48,371    
11,824    
3,344    
$   8,480    

 $734,468     
68,006     
517,843     
532,835     

$  58,582     
18,457     
 40,125     
4,625     

35,500     
27,387     
45,328     
17,559     
5,430     
$  12,129     

$671,957     
60,086     
465,039     
495,438     

$  48,770     
11,997     
36,773     
5,520     

31,253     
27,584     
41,868     
16,969     
5,181     
$  11,788     

$609,122      
69,899      
394,471      
447,134      

$573,546      
65,384      
350,170      
427,635      

$  40,843      
7,549      
33,294      
4,026      

$  38,671      
8,828      
29,843      
3,167      

29,268      
24,689      
37,753      
16,204      
5,006      
$  11,198      

26,676      
29,318      
36,748      
19,246      
6,327      
$  12,919      

$2.79    

$3.85     

$3.49     

$3.14      

$3.58      

2.68    
1.24    

3.71     
 1.16     

3.36     
1.00     

3.00      
.90      

3.42      
.72      

3,161,023    

3,273,429     

3,507,912     

3,729,128       3,781,843      

1.13%
13.03    
44.45    
8.69    

1.75%   
 18.97      
30.15      
9.21      

1.82% 
17.70    
28.33    
10.30    

1.91%  
16.78     
28.59     
11.38     

2.35%  
21.32     
20.07     
11.01     

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATION 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This report contains statements concerning the Corporation’s expectations, plans, objectives, future financial 

performance and other statements that are not historical facts.  These statements may constitute “forward-looking 

statements” as defined by federal securities laws.  These statements may address issues that involve estimates and 

assumptions  made  by  management  and  risks  and  uncertainties.    Actual  results  could  differ  materially  from 

historical results or those anticipated by such statements.  Factors that could have a material adverse effect on the 

operations and future prospects of the Corporation include, but are not limited to, changes in:  

interest rates 

• 
•  general economic conditions 
• 
•  monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal 

the legislative/regulatory climate 

Reserve Board 

• 

the quality or composition of the loan or investment portfolios 

the level of net charge-offs on automobile loans 

• 
•  demand for loan products 
•  deposit flows 
• 
competition 
•  demand for financial services in the Corporation’s market area 
• 

technology 

• 

• 

• 

• 

reliance on third parties for key services 

the real estate market 

the Corporation’s expansion and technology initiatives 

accounting principles, policies and guidelines 

These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating the forward-looking statements contained herein.  

We caution readers not to place undue reliance on those statements, which speak only as of the date of this report. 

The following discussion supplements and provides information about the major components of the results 

of operations, financial condition, liquidity and capital resources of the Corporation.  This discussion and analysis 

should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

The preparation of financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions.  Those accounting 
policies with the greatest uncertainty and that require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments affecting 
the  application  of  these  policies,  and  the  likelihood  that  materially  different  amounts  would  be  reported  under 
different conditions, or using different assumptions, are described below. 

Allowance for Loan Losses:  We establish the allowance for loan losses through charges to earnings in the 
form  of  a  provision  for  loan  losses.    Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  we  believe  that  the 
collection of the principal is unlikely.  Subsequent recoveries of losses previously charged against the allowance are 
credited to the allowance.  The allowance represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be appropriate to absorb 
any losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.  Our judgment in determining the level of the allowance 
is  based  on  evaluations  of  the  collectibility  of  loans  while  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as  trends  in 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
delinquencies and charge-offs, changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions 
that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay, overall portfolio quality and specific potential losses.  This evaluation 
is inherently subjective because it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information 
becomes available. 

Impairment  of  Loans:    We  measure  impaired  loans  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash 
flows discounted at the effective interest rate of the loan (or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market 
price) or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  We consider a loan impaired when it is 
probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan 
agreement.    We  do  not  consider  a  loan  impaired  during  a  period  of  delay  in  payment  if  we  expect  the  ultimate 
collection  of  all  amounts due.  We maintain a valuation allowance to the extent that the measure of the impaired 
loan is less than the recorded investment. 

Impairment  of  Securities:    Impairment  of  investment  securities  results  in  a  write-down  that  must  be 
included  in  net  income  when  a  market  decline  below  cost  is  other-than-temporary.    We  regularly  review  each 
investment security for impairment based on criteria that include the extent to which cost exceeds market price, the 
duration  of  that  market  decline,  the  financial  health  of  and  specific  prospects  for  the  issuer  and  our  ability  and 
intention with regard to holding the security to maturity. 

Goodwill:  Goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life, but is subject to at 
least an annual assessment for impairment using a two-step process that begins with an estimation of the fair value 
of the reporting unit.  In assessing the recoverability of the Corporation’s goodwill, all of which was recognized in 
connection with the Bank’s acquisition of C&F Finance in September 2002, we must make assumptions in order to 
determine  the  fair  value  of  the  respective  assets.    Major  assumptions  used  in  determining  impairment  were 
increases  in  future  income,  sales  multiples  in  determining  terminal  value  and  the  discount  rate  applied  to  future 
cash  flows.    As  part  of  the  impairment  test,  we  performed  sensitivity  analysis  by  increasing  the  discount  rate, 
lowering  sales  multiples  and  reducing  increases  in  future  income.    We  completed  the  annual  test  for  impairment 
during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2007  and  determined  there  was  no  impairment  to  be  recognized  in  2007.    If  the 
underlying  estimates  and  related  assumptions  change  in  the  future,  we  may  be  required  to  record  impairment 
charges. 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan:  The Bank maintains a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan for 
eligible  full-time  employees  as  specified  by  the  plan.    Plan  assets,  which  consist  primarily  of  marketable  equity 
securities and corporate and government fixed income securities, are valued using market quotations.  The Bank’s 
actuary  determines  plan  obligations  and  annual  pension  expense  using  a  number  of  key  assumptions.    Key 
assumptions include the discount rate, the estimated future return on plan assets and the anticipated rate of future 
salary  increases.    Changes  in  these  assumptions  in  the  future,  if  any,  may  impact  pension  assets,  liabilities  or 
expense. 

Accounting for Income Taxes:  Determining the Corporation’s effective tax rate requires judgment.  In the 
ordinary  course  of  business,  there  are  transactions  and  calculations  for  which  the  ultimate  tax  outcomes  are 
uncertain.  In addition, the Corporation’s tax returns are subject to audit by various tax authorities.  Although we 
believe that the estimates are reasonable, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome will not be materially 
different than that which is reflected in the income tax provision and accrual. 

For  further  information  concerning  accounting  policies,  refer  to  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 

Supplementary Data,” under the heading “Note 1:  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OVERVIEW 

Our primary financial goals are to maximize the Corporation’s earnings and to deploy capital in profitable 
growth  initiatives  that  will  enhance  long-term  shareholder  value.    We  track  three  primary  financial  performance 
measures in order to assess the level of success in achieving these goals: 

1)  return on average assets (ROA)  
2)  return on average equity (ROE) 
3)  growth in earnings 

In addition to these financial performance measures, we track the performance of the Corporation’s three 

principal business activities: 

1)  retail banking 
2)  mortgage banking  
3)  consumer finance 

We also actively manage our capital through: 

1)  growth 
2)  stock purchases  
3)  dividends 

Financial Performance Measures 

Net  income  for  the  Corporation  decreased  30.1  percent  to  $8.5  million  in  fiscal  2007.    Earnings  per  share 
assuming dilution decreased 27.8 percent to $2.68 in the same period.  Net income for 2006 included $728,000, after 
taxes, attributable to the recovery of past due interest and a reduction in the Corporation’s loan loss allowance in 
connection with the pay-off of previously nonperforming loans of one commercial relationship.  Excluding the after-
tax  effect  of  this  loan  pay-off,  the  Corporation’s  2007  net  income  decreased  25.6  percent  and  earnings  per  share 
assuming dilution decreased 23.0 percent from 2006.  Significant factors influencing 2007 earnings included interest 
rate fluctuations, loan growth, higher loan charge-offs, a decline in mortgage loan production and higher operating 
expenses associated with expansion initiatives.  The degree to which these and other factors impacted each of our 
business segments varied and is discussed in “Principal Business Activities” below. 

The  Corporation's  ROE  and  ROA  were  13.03  percent  and  1.13  percent,  respectively,  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2007, compared to 18.97 percent and 1.75 percent, respective, for the year ended December 31, 2006 
(17.83 percent and 1.64 percent, adjusted to exclude the effect of the commercial loan pay-off).  The decline in these 
measures resulted from lower earnings in 2007 coupled with asset growth.  We have continued to make significant 
investments in our retail branch network, operations facilities, technology and personnel in order to accommodate 
our  strategic  growth  initiatives.    These  investments  have  increased our operating assets and expenses.  However, 
we expect them to enhance long-term earnings, thus increasing shareholder value. 

We expect the following factors to influence the Corporation’s financial performance in 2008: 

•  Retail Banking:  We expect changes in interest rates to affect the degree to which net interest 
margin compression occurs at C&F Bank.  Interest rate cuts made by the Federal Reserve since 
September 2007 have immediately reduced the Bank’s yields on variable rate loans without a 
corresponding  reduction  in  deposit  costs.    We  expect  more  pronounced  net  interest  margin 
compression in 2008 if interest rates continue to decline while competition for deposits hinders 
a  decline  in  rates  paid  for  these  funds.    General  economic  trends,  particularly  an  economic 
slowdown, in C&F Bank’s markets can affect the quality of the loan portfolio.  Managing the 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
risks inherent in our loan portfolio will influence C&F Bank’s performance during 2008.   Our 
ability  to  achieve  forecasted  deposit  and  loan  growth  at  our  existing  bank  branches  and  in 
particular at our four new bank branches will be affected by both general economic conditions 
and the increasing level of competition in our markets. 

•  Mortgage Banking:  We expect the ongoing effects of lower demand for home mortgage loans 
resulting  from  reduced  demand  in  both  the  new  and  resale  housing  markets,  the  slowing 
national  economy  and  the  fallout  from  the  subprime  and  alternative  loan  issues  to  result  in 
lower  origination  volume  at  C&F  Mortgage.    While  a  decline  in  interest  rates  may  spur 
refinance activity in 2008, the decline in housing market values, coupled with the availability 
of  fewer  mortgage  loan  products  and  tighter  underwriting  guidelines,  will  temper  demand.  
In  addition,  there  is  potential  repurchase  liability  to  our  mortgage  company  on  residential 
mortgage loans originated and sold into the secondary market.  While we mitigate the risk of 
repurchase liability by underwriting to the purchasers’ guidelines and do not believe that our 
exposure  to  this  liability  is  significant  at  this  time,  we  cannot  be  assured  that  a  prolonged 
period  of  payment  defaults  and  foreclosures  will  not  result  in  an  increase  in  requests  for 
repurchases, which would adversely affect the Corporation’s net income. 

•  Consumer  Finance:    We  expect  changes  in  interest  rates  to  be  a  primary  factor  influencing 
financial performance at C&F Finance in 2008.  If interest rates decline, we expect net interest 
margin  to  improve  because  the  majority  of  the  funding  for  C&F  Finance’s  fixed-rate  loan 
portfolio  is  indexed  to  short-term  interest  rates  and  reprices  each  month.    However,  if  an 
economic  slowdown  occurs  in  C&F Finance’s markets, we would expect more delinquencies 
and repossessions.  Higher gasoline prices, unstable real estate values, reset of adjustable rate 
mortgages  to  higher  interest  rates,  increasing  unemployment  levels,  general  availability  of 
consumer credit or other factors that impact consumer confidence or disposable income could 
increase  loss  frequency  and  may  be  accompanied  by  decreased  consumer  demand  for 
automobiles and declining values of automobiles securing outstanding loans, which weakens 
collateral coverage and increases the amount of loss in the event of default. 

Principal Business Activities 

An overview of the financial results for each of the Corporation’s principal segments is presented below.  A 

more detailed discussion is included in the section “Results of Operations.” 

Retail  Banking:    Pretax  earnings  for  the  Retail  Banking  segment  were  $4.3  million  for  the  year  ended 
December  31,  2007,  compared  with  $8.7  million  in  2006  ($7.6  million,  adjusted  to  exclude  the  effect  of  the 
commercial loan pay-off in 2006).  The decline in earnings for 2007 included (1) the effects of margin compression 
and  competition  on  net  interest  income,  (2)  a  higher  provision  for  loan  losses  attributable  to  loan  growth,  (3)  the 
effects on operating expenses of the Peninsula and Richmond branch openings and the operations center relocation, 
(4)  higher  operational  and  administrative  personnel  costs  to  support  growth  and  (5)  the  recognition  of 
compensation expense, in accordance with accounting principles effective beginning in 2006, in connection with the 
Corporation’s issuance of stock options to directors and the issuance of restricted stock to employees under existing 
plans.  Net interest margin compression occurred at the Retail Banking segment as the cost of deposits continued to 
rise throughout most of 2007, while rates on interest-earning assets remained level through the third quarter of 2007 
and began to decline in the fourth quarter of 2007.  Approximately half of the Bank’s loans are indexed to the prime 
interest rate.  Therefore, interest income is immediately negatively affected when this index declines.  However, the 
source  of  funding  for  these  loans,  primarily  deposits,  does  not  reprice  simultaneously  with  the  decline  in  loan 
interest rates.  Compounding the effect of the deposit repricing disparity is the increased competition for deposits, 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
which has prevented the cost of funds from falling as quickly as the drop in the prime rate index.  Growth in the 
Retail Banking segment’s operations and infrastructure have increased operating expenses, but over time we expect 
these  expenditures  will  improve  efficiency  and  enhance  customer  service.    C&F  Bank  opened  four  new  branches 
within a 15-month period beginning in January 2006.  As a result, the Retail Banking segment is incurring operating 
expenses  for  these  branches  before  they  have  generated  sufficient  new  loan  and  deposit  growth  to  become 
profitable.  Even though these costs will affect the Corporation’s short-term profits, we expect these branches will 
contribute to the Corporation’s long-term profitability.   

Mortgage  Banking:    Pretax  earnings  for  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  which  consists  solely  of  C&F 
Mortgage Corporation and its subsidiaries, were $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with 
$3.8 million in 2006.  The decline in earnings for 2007 included (1) the effects of the downturn in the housing market 
on loan origination volume, which declined 12.3 percent in 2007, (2) an increase in the provision for loan losses as a 
result  of  three  loans  being  placed  on  nonaccrual  status  and  (3)  higher  operating  expenses  in  2007  related  to  new 
offices and higher business development costs in order to generate loan production.  Gains on loan sales declined 
during  2007  due  to  lower  volumes  of  loan  sales  accompanying  the  reduced  origination  volume.    For  2007,  loan 
originations at C&F Mortgage for refinancings declined to $215 million from $283 million in 2006.  Loans originated 
for new and resale home purchases declined to $613 million in 2007 from $661 million in 2006.  In addition to the 
decrease  in  loan  volume,  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  experienced  a  decrease  in  net  interest  income  resulting 
from  a  lower  average  balance  of  loans  held  for  sale.    We  expect  that  future  earnings  for  the  Mortgage  Banking 
segment may continue to be negatively affected if the overall condition of the housing market results in fewer new 
and resale home sales and loan refinancings.  However, we plan to continue to look for expansion opportunities in 
new and existing markets that provide the potential for increased loan production. 

Consumer  Finance:    Pretax  earnings  for  the  Consumer  Finance  segment,  which  consists  solely  of  C&F 
Finance, totaled $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, compared with pre-tax earnings of $5.0 million 
in  2006.    Earnings  of  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  have  benefited  from  an  increase  in  net  interest  income 
resulting from average loan growth of 22.6 percent in 2007.  However, the Consumer Finance segment’s net interest 
margin for 2007 declined as a result of an increase in the cost of variable-rate borrowings throughout most of 2007, 
without a corresponding increase in the fixed-rate loan portfolio.  In addition, C&F Finance has entered into new 
markets and strengthened its position in existing markets in 2007 resulting in an increase in overhead expenses.  We 
believe  that  the  investments  in  new  markets,  technology  and  people  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  have 
established a platform with the capacity to support current operations and future growth.  The provision for loan 
losses  increased  in  2007  as  a  result  of  higher  charge-offs  attributable  to  an  increase  in  the  number  of  vehicles 
repossessed in 2007, which was largely a result of a weaker economy, coupled with an increasing average balance 
per loan originated over the last several years.  Future earnings at the Consumer Finance segment will be impacted 
by  economic  conditions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  employment  market,  interest  rate  levels  and  the  resale 
market for used automobiles. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Management 

We  have  managed  our  capital  through  growth  in  assets,  stock  purchases  and  increases  in  dividends  as 

evidenced  by  the  decline  in  the  ratio  of  average  equity  to  average  total  assets  over  the  past  three  years.    Total 

shareholders’  equity  decreased  $2.8  million  to  $65.2  million  at  December  31,  2007,  compared  to  $68.0  million  at 

December 31, 2006.  This decline was attributable to dividends to shareholders of $3.8 million and the purchase of 

204,520 shares of the Corporation’s common stock totaling $8.4 million during 2007, the effects of which were offset 

in part by earnings in 2007.  The board of directors maintained the quarterly dividend level at 31 cents per share 

during 2007 despite the decline in earnings, resulting in a dividend payout ratio of 44.5 percent for 2007 compared 

to  30.2  percent  for  2006.    The  share  purchases  were  made  under  a  board  authorization  on  November  4,  2006  to 

purchase  up  to  150,000  shares  over  the  twelve  months  ending  November  3,  2007,  which  was  terminated  and 

replaced by an authorization on July 17, 2007 to purchase up to 150,000 shares of the Corporation’s common stock 

over the twelve months ending July 16, 2008.  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

NET INTEREST INCOME  

The following table shows the average balance sheets for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 

and 2005.  The table also shows the amounts of interest earned on earning assets, with related yields, and interest 

expense  on  interest-bearing  liabilities,  with  related  rates.    Loans  include  loans  held  for  sale.    Loans  placed  on  a 

nonaccrual status are included in the balances and are included in the computation of yields, but had no material 

effect.    Interest  on  tax-exempt  loans  and  securities  is  presented  on  a  taxable-equivalent  basis  (which  converts  the 

income on loans and investments for which no income taxes are paid to the equivalent yield if income taxes were 

paid using the federal corporate income tax rate of 35 percent in all three years presented). 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE 1: Average Balances, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Assets 
Securities: 

Taxable 
Tax-exempt 

Total securities 

Loans, net 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 
Fed funds sold 

Total earning assets 
Allowance for loan losses 
Total non-earning assets 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity 
Time and savings deposits: 

Interest-bearing deposits 

  Money market deposit accounts 

Savings accounts 
  Certificates of deposit, 

     $100 thousand or more 
  Other certificates of deposit 

Total time and savings deposits 

Borrowings 

Total interest-bearing liabilities 

Demand deposits 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and 
     shareholders’ equity 

Net interest income 

Interest rate spread 

Interest expense to average earning assets 

Net interest margin 

                      2007                      
Average
Yield/
Income/ 
Balance 
Rate   
Expense 

                      2006                                                   2005                         
Average
Yield/
Balance 
Rate   

Income/ 
Expense 

Income/ 
Expense 

Average
Balance 

Yield/
Rate   

$  11,659 
63,280 

74,939 
601,685 
8,238 
241 

685,103 
(14,926)
78,217 

$748,394 

$    544  
4,349  
4,893  
60,977  
432  
11  
66,313  

4.66% $  11,349 
55,932 
6.87   

6.53   
10.13   
5.25   
4.67   

9.68   

67,281 
555,517 
9,271 
-- 

632,069 
(13,617)
75,863 

$694,315 

$    487  
3,802  
4,289  
55,196  
454  
--  
59,939  

4.29% $ 12,989 
 56,092 
6.80   

6.37   
9.94   
4.90   
--    

9.48   

69,081 
 507,447 
 17,168 
-- 

593,696 
(12,213)
 65,107 

$646,590 

$    527  
4,020  
4,547  
45,118  
523  
--  
50,188  

4.06%
7.17   

6.58   
8.89   
3.05   
--   

8.45   

$  82,109 
51,624 
45,452 

 912  
1,534  
301  

1.11% $  87,074 
44,820 
2.97   
49,644 
0.66   

 946  
987  
353  

1.09% $  81,885 
 49,909 
2.20   
 54,656 
0.71   

99,653 
169,431 

448,269 

136,939 

585,208 

84,365 
13,751 

683,324 
65,070 

4,714  
7,469  
14,930  
8,448  
23,378  

4.73   
4.41   

3.33   

6.17   

3.99   

79,873 
152,879 

414,290 

120,498 

534,788 

79,472 
16,106 

630,366 
63,949 

3,176  
5,690  
11,152  
7,305  
18,457  

3.98   
3.72   

 63,432 
 136,779 

2.69   

 386,661 

6.06   

 101,355 

3.45   

 488,016 

76,172 
 15,808 

 579,996 
 66,594 

732  
 708  
 388  

 1,717  
 3,735  
7,280  
4,717  
11,997  

0.89%
 1.42   
 0.71   

 2.71   
 2.73   

 1.88   

4.65   

2.46   

$748,394 

$694,315 

 $646,590 

$42,935  

$41,482  

$38,191  

5.69%

3.41%

6.27%

6.03%

2.92%

6.56%

5.99%

2.02%

 6.43%

24 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income and expense are affected by fluctuations in interest rates, by changes in the volume of earning assets 

and  interest-bearing  liabilities,  and  by  the  interaction  of  rate  and  volume  factors.    The  following  table  shows  the 

direct causes of the year-to-year changes in the components of net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis.  We 

calculated the rate and volume variances using a formula prescribed by the SEC.  Rate/volume variances, the third 

element in the calculation, are not shown separately in the table, but are allocated to the rate and volume variances 

in  proportion  to  the  relationship  of  the  absolute  dollar  amounts  of  the  change  in  each.    Loans  include  both 

nonaccrual loans and loans held for sale. 

TABLE 2: Rate-Volume Recap 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Interest income: 
Loans 
Securities: 
  Taxable 
  Tax-exempt 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 
Fed funds sold 

     Total interest income 

Interest expense: 
Time and savings deposits: 
Interest-bearing deposits 

  Money market deposit accounts 

Savings accounts 

  Certificates of deposit, $100M or more 
  Other certificates of deposit 

     Total time and savings deposits 
Other borrowings 

     Total interest expense 

Change in net interest income 

2007 Compared to 2006 

                       2007 from 2006                                             2006 from 2005                     
          Increase (Decrease) 
                  Due to            
Volume 

          Increase (Decrease) 
                   Due to             
Volume 

   Total 
     Increase  
(Decrease) 

  Total 
  Increase 
(Decrease)  

Rate 

Rate 

$1,119 

$4,662 

$5,781  

$5,560 

$4,518 

$10,078  

43 
42 
39 
-- 

14 
505 
(61)
11 

57  
547  
(22) 
11  

29 
(207)
235 
-- 

1,243 

5,131 

6,374  

5,617 

22 
381 
(23)
667 
1,121 

2,168 
131 

2,299 

(56)
165  
(29)
871 
658 

1,609 
1,013 

2,622 

$(1,056)

$2,509 

(34) 
546 
(52) 
1,538  
1,779  

3,777  
1,144  

4,921  
$1,453  

165 
357 
1 
940 
1,476 

2,939 
1,593 

4,532 

$1,085 

(69)
(11)
(304)
-- 

4,134 

49 
(78)
(36)
519 
479 

933 
995 

(40) 
(218) 
(69) 
--  

9,751  

214  
279  
(35) 
1,459  
1,955  

3,872  
2,588  

1,928 

$2,206 

6,460  
$ 3,291  

Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for the year ended December 31, 2007 was $42.9 million, 

compared  to  $41.5  million  for  2006.    The  net  interest  margin,  on  a  taxable-equivalent  basis,  for  the  year  ended 

December 31, 2007 was 6.27 percent, compared to 6.56 percent for 2006.  The net interest margin of 6.56 percent for 

2006  included  $870,000  of  nonaccrued  and  default  interest  attributable  to  the  repayment  of  previously 

nonperforming  loans  of  one  commercial  relationship.    Excluding  the  effect  of  the  commercial  loan  pay-off,  the 

adjusted  net  interest  margin  was  6.43  percent  for  2006.    An  increase  of  33  basis  points  in  the  adjusted  yield  on 

interest-earning  assets  during  2007  was  offset  by  an  increase  of  54  basis  points  in  the  rate  on  interest-bearing 

liabilities. 

Average  loans  held  for  investment  increased  $55.8  million  during  2007.    The  Retail  Banking  segment’s 

average  loan  portfolio  increased  $26.5  million  compared  to  2006.    This  increase  was  mainly  attributable  to 

commercial loan growth.  The Consumer Finance segment’s average loan portfolio increased $27.3 million during 

2007.  This increase was attributable to overall growth at existing locations and expansion into new markets.  The 

Mortgage  Banking  segment’s  average  loan  portfolio  increased  $2.0  million  during  2007.    This  increase  was 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
attributable  to  short-term  bridge  loans,  a  new  product  introduced  in  2007.    Average  loans  held  for  sale  at  the 

Mortgage Banking segment decreased $9.6 million during 2007.  The decrease in the average balances of loans held 

for sale occurred in response to loan demand, coupled with fluctuations in the timing of loan originations and sales 

within the periods.  The overall yield on loans held for investment and loans held for sale increased as a result of a 

general increase in interest rates and an increase in higher-yielding Consumer Finance average loans relative to the 

overall loan portfolio. 

Average securities available for sale increased $7.7 million during 2007 and their average yield increased 16 

basis points.  The increase in securities available for sale occurred predominantly in the Retail Banking segment’s 

municipal portfolio.  Additions during 2007 focused on longer-term municipal securities.  Yields for 2007 included 

the  receipt  of  dividends  from  one  preferred  stock  holding,  for  which  dividend  payments  had  been  suspended 

throughout 2006.  

Average  interest-bearing  deposits  at  other  banks,  primarily  the  FHLB,  decreased  $1.0  million  during  2007.  

Fluctuations  in  the  average  balance  of  these  low-yielding  deposits  occurred  in  response  to  loan  demand  and  an 

increase in the securities portfolio.  The average yield on interest-earning deposits at other banks increased 35 basis 

points during 2007.  The higher yields were due to increases in short-term interest rates through mid-2006. 

Average interest-bearing deposits increased $34.0 million during 2007.  However, the increase in interest on 

deposits was influenced to a greater extent by the increase in deposit rates.  The average cost of deposits increased 

64  basis  points  due  to  the  increase  in  short-term  interest  rates  through  mid-2006,  coupled  with  the  repricing  of 

maturing certificates of deposit at higher interest rates, a decrease in the proportion of transaction accounts relative 

to total interest-bearing deposits, and the general competitive environment for core deposit growth. 

Average borrowings increased $16.4 million during 2007 primarily from increased use of the third-party line 

of  credit  by  the  Consumer  Finance  segment  to  fund  loan  growth  and  from  increased  use  of  short-term and long-

term  borrowings  from  the  FHLB  by  the  Retail  Banking  segment  to  fund  subsidiaries.    These  borrowings  are 

primarily  indexed  to  short-term  interest  rates  and  reprice  as  short-term  interest  rates  change.    Accordingly,  the 

average  cost  of  borrowings  increased  11  basis  points  for  2007  as  the  impact  of  rising  short-term  interest  rates 

through  mid-2006  more  than  offset  the  decline  in  rates  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2007.    In  addition,  unpredictable 

fluctuations in LIBOR, which are believed to have been triggered in part by the funding crisis caused by the housing 

markets, temporarily increased the Consumer Finance segment’s variable-rate borrowings during the third quarter 

of 2007. 

Interest  rates  will  continue  to  be  a  significant  factor  influencing  the  performance  of all of the Corporation’s 

business  segments.    We  expect  that  net  interest  margin  compression  in  the  Retail  Segment  is  likely  to  occur  if 

interest  rates  continue  to  decline  as  variable  rate  loans  reprice  faster  than  core  deposits.    We  also  expect  that 

declining  economic  conditions  and  the  deteriorating  housing  and  mortgage  markets  may  result  in  lower  overall 

loan growth and increased yield pressure. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2006 Compared to 2005 

Net interest income, on a taxable-equivalent basis, for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $41.5 million, 

compared  to  $38.2  million  for  2005.    The  net  interest  margin  of  6.56  percent  for  2006  included  $870,000  of 

nonaccrued and default interest attributable to the repayment of previously nonperforming loans of one commercial 

relationship.  Excluding the effect of the commercial loan pay-off, the adjusted net interest margin was 6.43 percent 

for  2006,  which  was  level  with  the  net  interest  margin  for  2005.    An  increase  of  103  basis  points  in  the  yield  on 

interest-earning  assets  during  2006  was  offset  by  an  increase  of  99  basis  points  in  the  rate  on  interest-bearing 

liabilities. 

Average  loans  held  for  investment  increased  $62.7  million  during  2006.    The  Retail  Banking  segment’s 

average  loan  portfolio  increased  $46.2  million  compared to  2005.  This increase was mainly attributable to higher 

loan production in the Virginia Peninsula market and residential construction loan growth.  The Consumer Finance 

segment’s  average  loan  portfolio  increased  $16.5  million  during  2006.    This  increase  was  attributable  to  overall 

growth  at  existing  locations  and  the  expansion  into  new  markets  in  late  2006.    Average  loans  held  for  sale at the 

Mortgage  Banking  segment  decreased  $14.6  million  during  2006.    Mortgage  interest  rate  trends  during  2006 

resulted in a 10.8 percent decline in 2006 loan origination volume at the Mortgage Banking segment.  The yield on 

loans  held  for  investment and loans held for sale increased as a result of a general increase in interest rates since 

mid-2004. 

Average  securities  available  for  sale  decreased  $1.8  million  during  2006.    In  addition,  their  average  yield 

declined  21  basis  points.    The  decline  in  the  average  balance  resulted  from  the  utilization  of  proceeds  from 

maturities and calls to partially fund the increase in loan demand.  The yield decreases reflected the impact of the 

flat yield curve on long-term interest rates and thus the yield on securities purchased throughout 2006. 

Average  interest-bearing  deposits  at  other  banks,  primarily  the  FHLB,  decreased  $7.9  million  during  2006.  

Fluctuations  in  the  average  balance  of  these  low-yielding  deposits  occurred  in  response  to  loan  demand.    The 

average yield on interest-earning deposits at other banks increased 185 basis points during 2006.  The higher yields 

were due to increases beginning in mid-2004 in short-term interest rates. 

Although average time and savings deposits increased $27.6 million during 2006, the increase in interest on 

deposits was influenced to a greater extent by the increase in deposit rates.  The average cost of deposits increased 

81  basis  points  for  2006  due  to  the  increase  in  short-term  interest  rates,  coupled  with  the  repricing  of  maturing 

deposits at higher interest rates. 

Average borrowings increased $19.1 million during 2006 partially due to a new line of credit and the issuance 

of trust preferred capital securities in the third quarter of 2005 to fund the Corporation’s purchase of 427,186 shares 

of  its  common  stock  in  mid-2005.    The  increase  in  average  borrowings  during  2006  was  also  attributable  to  loan 

growth at the Consumer Finance segment, which was funded in part by a line of credit.  The increase in interest on 

borrowings  was  influenced to a greater extent by a higher cost of funds, which increased 141 basis points during 

2006.    The  majority  of  the  Corporation’s  borrowings  during  2006  were  indexed  to  short-term  interest  rates  and 

repriced as short-term interest rates changed. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NONINTEREST INCOME  

TABLE 3: Noninterest Income 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Gains on calls of available for sale securities 
Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Gains on calls of available for sale securities 
Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Gains on sales of loans 
Service charges on deposit accounts 
Other service charges and fees 
Gains on calls of available for sale securities 
Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

2007 Compared to 2006 

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

          Retail 
          Banking 

Mortgage 
Banking 

$     --       
3,684      
1,364      
21      
342      

$5,411      

$15,854      
--        
2,572      
--       
218       

$18,644       

Consumer 
Finance 
 $  --          
--          
84         
--          
506         
$590         

 Other and 
Eliminations 

$   (21)     
--     
--     
--     
1,254     

Total 

$15,833     
3,684     
4,020     
21      
2,320     

$ 1,233     

$25,878     

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

          Retail 
          Banking 

Mortgage 
Banking 

$     --       
3,471      
1,200      
105      
393      

$5,169      

$17,149      
--        
3,656      
--       
22       

$20,827       

Consumer 
Finance 
 $  --          
--          
245         
--          
294         
$539         

Other and 
Eliminations 

$   (51)     
--     
--     
--     
903     

Total 

$17,098     
3,471     
5,101     
105      
1,612     

$   852     

$27,387     

Year Ended December 31, 2005 

          Retail 
          Banking 

Mortgage 
Banking 

$     --       
2,812      
1,054      
105      
371      

$4,342      

$18,193       
--        
3,509       
--       
210       

$21,912       

Consumer 
Finance 
 $ --          
--          
232         
--          
185         
$ 417         

Other and 
Eliminations 

$      1     
--     
--     
--     
912    

$   913    

Total 

$18,194     
2,812     
4,795     
105     
1,678     

$27,584     

Total noninterest income declined 5.5 percent to $25.9 million in 2007.  The decrease in noninterest income 

at the Mortgage Banking segment was attributable to lower gains on loan sales and lower ancillary fees due to the 

ongoing effects of lower demand for home mortgage loans, tightening secondary market underwriting criteria and 

increased competition.  The decline in noninterest income at the Mortgage Banking segment was offset in part by an 

increase in noninterest income at (1) the Retail Banking segment attributable to higher service charges and fees on 

deposit accounts resulting from deposit account growth and the expansion of our overdraft protection services and 

(2) the Consumer Finance segment attributable to activity-based fees and service charges.  Increased revenue from 

brokerage services further offset the decline in the Mortgage Banking segment. 

2006 Compared to 2005 

Total noninterest income declined slightly to $27.4 million during 2006.  The factors affecting the change in 

noninterest income during 2006 were essentially the same as those described above for 2007, albeit less pronounced.  

Namely, lower loan demand at the Mortgage Banking segment, which resulted in a decline in gains on loan sales, 

was  offset  in  part  by  higher  noninterest  income  at  the  Retail  Banking  and  Consumer  Finance  segments.    The 

expansion of our overdraft protection services began in mid-2006 at the Retail Banking segment and higher service 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
charges  and  fees  generated  from  loan  processing  and  collections  were  recognized  at  the  Consumer  Finance 

segment. 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE 

TABLE 4: Noninterest Expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Salaries and employee benefits 
Occupancy expense 
Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expense 

2007 Compared to 2006 

Retail 
Banking 

$14,626       
3,780       
5,103       
$23,509       

Retail 
Banking 

$13,001       
3,109       
4,801       
$20,911       

Retail 
Banking 

$11,368       
2,292       
4,303       
$17,963       

Year Ended December 31, 2007 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

 $11,095       
1,868       
4,222       
$17,185       

$4,317       
384       
2,086       
$6,787       

Year Ended December 31, 2006 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

 $12,137       
1,671       
4,550       
$18,358       

$3,146       
282       
1,767       
$5,195       

Year Ended December 31, 2005 

Mortgage 
Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

$13,457        
1,356        
3,656        
$18,469        

$2,766       
198       
1,601       
$4,565       

Other 

Total 

$749       
26       
115       
$890       

$30,787       
6,058       
11,526       

$48,371       

Other 

Total 

$723       
25       
116       
$864       

$29,007       
5,087       
11,234       

$45,328       

Other 

$686        
25        
160        
$871        

Total 

$28,277     
3,871     
9,720     

$41,868     

Total  noninterest  expense  increased  6.7  percent  to  $48.4  million  in  2007.    The  Retail  Banking  and  the 

Consumer  Finance  segments  reported  increases  in  total  noninterest  expense  that  were  primarily  attributable  to 

higher  personnel  and  operating  expenses  to  support  growth  and  technology  enhancements  at  both  segments.  

Noninterest expense of the Retail Banking segment included operating expenses associated with our new Patterson 

Avenue  and Chester retail banking branches in the Richmond, Virginia area, which opened in the first quarter of 

2007,  our  Hampton  and  Yorktown  retail  banking  branches  on  the  Virginia  Peninsula,  which  opened  in  2006,  and 

our  new  operations  center,  which  opened  in  late  2005.    Noninterest  expenses  of  the  Consumer  Finance  segment 

included  costs  associated  with  building  depth  in  our  sales  force,  entering  new  markets  and  increasing  the 

administrative  staff  to  support  the  increase  in  the  loan  portfolio.    Total  noninterest  expense  decreased  at  the 

Mortgage Banking segment because of lower production-based personnel expenses as a result of the decline in loan 

production. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2006 Compared to 2005 

Total noninterest expense increased $3.5 million, or  8.3 percent, to $45.3 million during 2006.  The factors 

affecting the change in noninterest expense during 2006 were essentially the same as those described above for 2007.  

The Retail Banking and the Consumer Finance segments reported increases in total noninterest expense that were 

primarily attributable to higher personnel and operating expenses to support growth and technology enhancements 

at  both  segments.    Total  noninterest  expense  declined  during  2006  for  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  because 

production-based  costs  decreased  in  tandem  with  lower  origination  volume.    However,  the  decline  was  offset  in 

part  by  higher  overhead  associated  with  opening  new  loan  production  offices  in  2006  and  2005.    Noninterest 

expenses  of  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  in  2006  included  $108,000  of  expenses,  in  excess of the Corporation’s 

insurance  coverage,  associated  with  a  $2.2  million  embezzlement  perpetrated  by  two  former  employees  of  C&F 

Mortgage. 

INCOME TAXES 

Applicable income taxes on 2007 earnings amounted to $3.3 million, resulting in an effective tax rate of 28.3 

percent, compared with $5.4 million, or 30.9 percent, in 2006 and $5.2 million, or 30.5 percent, in 2005.  The decline 

in the effective tax rate during 2007 resulted from higher tax-exempt income on securities and loans as a percentage 

of pretax income. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ASSET QUALITY 

Allowance and Provision for Loan Losses 

The allowance for loan losses represents an amount that, in our judgment, will be adequate to absorb any 

losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible.  The provision for loan losses increases the allowance, and 

loans charged off, net of recoveries, reduce the allowance.  The following table presents the Corporation’s loan loss 

experience for the periods indicated: 

TABLE 5: Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Allowance, beginning of period 
Provision for loan losses: 
  Retail Banking and Mortgage Banking 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total provision for loan losses 
Loans charged off: 
  Real estate—residential 
  Commercial, financial and agricultural 
  Consumer 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off: 
  Real estate—residential 
  Commercial, financial and agricultural 
  Consumer 
  Consumer Finance 
  Total recoveries 
Net loans charged off 
Allowance, end of period 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans 
  outstanding during period for Retail Banking and 
  Mortgage Banking 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average total loans 
  outstanding during period for Consumer Finance 

   2007 
$ 14,216  

       Year Ended December 31,           
   2005 

   2006 
$ 13,064   $11,144   

   2004 
$ 8,657    

400  
6,730  
7,130  

34  
2  
187  
7,077  
7,300  

(250) 
4,875  
4,625  

32  
97  
229  
4,735  
5,093  

400   
5,120   
5,520   

—   
20   
227   
4,738   
4,985   

200    
3,826    
4,026    

—    
7    
96    
2,592    
2,695    

   2003 
$6,722   

525   
2,642   
3,167   

—   
15   
86   
1,844   
1,945   

1  
125  
114  
1,677  
1,917  
5,383  
$ 15,963  

1  
69  
146  
1,404  
1,620  
3,473  

—    
—   
68    
49   
39    
57   
1,049    
1,279   
1,156    
1,385   
1,539    
3,600   
$ 14,216   $13,064    $11,144    

—   
34   
33   
646   
713   
1,232   
$8,657   

—   

.03%

.03%

—    

.01%

3.65%

2.76%

3.33%

1.78% 

1.60%

During 2007, there was a $417,000 increase in the allowance for loan losses at the combined Retail Banking 

and Mortgage Banking segments compared to December 31, 2006.  This increase was attributable to loan growth at 

C&F Bank and an increase in nonaccrual loans at C&F Mortgage.  The Mortgage Banking segment has a $4.5 million 

portfolio of loans held for investment.  Three loans totaling $732,000 in this portfolio were on nonaccrual status at 

December  31,  2007.    There  were  no  nonaccrual  loans  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment  at  December  31,  2006.  

Therefore, the Mortgage Banking segment provided for a $120,000 loan loss allowance in 2007.  We believe that the 

current level of the allowance for loan losses at the combined Retail and Mortgage Banking segments is appropriate 

to absorb any losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. 

The Consumer Finance segment, consisting solely of C&F Finance, accounted for the majority of the activity 

in the allowance for loan losses during 2007.  C&F Finance’s allowance for loan losses increased to $11.2 million at 

December 31, 2007 from $9.9 million at December 31, 2006, and its provision for loan losses increased $1.9 million.  

The increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily  attributable to higher net  charge-offs in 2007 resulting 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
from  an  increase  in  the  number  of  vehicles  repossessed  in  2007,  coupled  with  an  increasing  average  balance  per 

loan originated over the last several years.  We believe that the current level of the allowance for loan losses at the 

Consumer Finance segment is appropriate to absorb any losses on existing loans that may become uncollectible. 

Loan Loss Allowance Methodology-Retail and Mortgage Banking.  We conduct an analysis of the loan portfolio 

on a regular basis.  We use this analysis to assess the sufficiency of the allowance for loan losses and to determine 

the necessary provision for loan losses.  The review process generally begins with loan officers identifying problem 

loans  to  be  reviewed  on  an  individual  basis  for  impairment.    In  addition  to  these  loans,  all  commercial  loans  are 

considered  for  individual  impairment  testing.    Impairment  testing  includes  consideration  of  the current collateral 

value  for  each  loan,  as  well  as  any  known  internal  or  external  factors  that  may  affect  collectibility.    When  we 

identify  a  loan  as  impaired,  we  may  establish  a  specific  allowance  based  on  the  difference  between  the  carrying 

value  of  the  loan  and  its  computed  fair  value.    We  segregate  the  loans  meeting  the  criteria  for  special  mention, 

substandard,  doubtful  and  loss,  as  well  as  impaired  loans,  from  performing  loans  within  the  portfolio.    We  then 

group loans by loan type (e.g., commercial, consumer) and by risk rating (e.g., substandard, doubtful).  We assign 

each loan type an allowance factor based on the associated risk, complexity and size of the individual loans within 

the  particular  loan  category.    We  assign  classified  loans  a  higher  allowance  factor  than  non-rated  loans  within  a 

particular  loan  type  based  on  our  concerns  regarding  collectibility  or  our  knowledge  of  particular  elements 

surrounding  the  borrower.    Our  allowance  factors  increase  with  the  severity  of  classification.    Allowance  factors 

used for unclassified loans are based on our analysis of charge-off history and our judgment based on the overall 

analysis of the lending environment including the general economic conditions.  The allowance for loan losses is the 

aggregate of specific allowances, the calculated allowance required for classified loans by category and the general 

allowance for each portfolio type. 

In  conjunction  with  the  methodology  described  above,  we  consider  the  following  risk  elements  that  are 

inherent in the loan portfolio: 

•  Residential  real  estate  loans  and  equity  lines  of  credit  carry  risks  associated  with  the  continued  credit-

worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value of the collateral. 

•  Construction loans carry risks that the project will not be finished according to schedule, the project will not 
be  finished  according  to  budget  and  the  value  of  the  collateral  may  at  any  point  in  time  be  less  than  the 

principal amount of the loan.  Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or 

may not be a Bank loan customer, may be unable to finish the construction project as planned because of 

financial pressure unrelated to the project. 

•  Commercial real estate loans may carry risks associated with the successful operation of a business or a real 
estate project, in addition to other risks associated with the ownership of real estate, because the repayment 

of these loans may be dependent upon the profitability and cash flows of the business or project. 

•  Commercial  business  loans  carry  risks  associated  with  the  successful  operation  of  a  business,  which  is 
usually the source of loan repayment, and the value of the collateral, which may depreciate over time and 

cannot be appraised with as much precision as real estate. 

•  Consumer loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and the value 
of the collateral (e.g., rapidly-depreciating assets such as automobiles), or lack thereof.  Consumer loans are 

more  likely  than  real  estate  loans  to  be  immediately  adversely  affected  by  job  loss,  divorce,  illness  or 

personal bankruptcy. 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan Loss Allowance Methodology – Consumer Finance.  The Consumer Finance segment’s loans consist of non-

prime automobile loans.  These loans carry risks associated with (1) the continued credit-worthiness of borrowers 

who may be unable to meet the credit standards imposed by most traditional automobile financing sources and (2) 

the value of rapidly-depreciating collateral.  These loans do not lend themselves to a classification process because 

of  the  short  duration  of  time  between  delinquency  and  repossession.    Therefore,  the  loan  loss  allowance  review 

process generally focuses on the rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses.  Allowance factors also 

include  an  analysis  of  charge-off  history  and  our  judgment  based  on  the  overall  analysis  of  the  lending 

environment. 

The allocation of the allowance at December 31 for the years indicated and the ratio of related outstanding 

loan balances to total loans are as follows: 

TABLE 6: Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Allocation of allowance for loan losses, end of year: 

Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural1 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 
Unallocated 

Balance, December 31 

Ratio of loans to total year-end loans: 
Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural1 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

1Includes loans secured by real estate 

    2007 

    2006 

    2005 

    2004 

    2003 

$     684   
267   
3,384   
143   
265   
11,220   
--    

$     502    
136    
3,031    
134    
326    
9,890    
197    

$     402   
202   
3,776   
124   
214   
8,346   
--   

$     337    
129    
3,736    
92    
166    
6,684    
--    

$15,963   

$14,216    

$13,064   

$11,144    

20%
5   
43   
4   
1   
27   

22% 
2    
44    
5    
2    
25    

20%
4   
45   
5   
2   
24   

21% 
3    
46    
5    
2    
23    

$   615   
112   
3,175   
98   
256   
4,401   
--   

$8,657   

22%
3   
46   
4   
3   
22   

100%

100% 

100%

100% 

100%

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming Assets 

Table 7 summarizes nonperforming assets at December 31, of each of the past five years. 

TABLE 7: Nonperforming Assets 

Retail and Mortgage Banking 
(Dollars in thousands) 

     2007 

     2006 

     2005 

    2004 

  Total nonperforming assets 

Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more 

Nonaccrual loans 
Real estate owned 

$   955     
—     
$   955     
$1,629     
$4,326     
0.24%   
Nonperforming assets to total loans* and real estate owned 
1.08      
Allowance for loan losses to total loans* and real estate owned 
452.98      
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming assets 
*Total loans above does not include consumer finance loans at C&F Finance, which are shown directly below. 

0.28%  
1.07     
386.55     

Allowance for loan losses 

$  1,227    
—    

$  1,227    

$  4,743    

$     578    

$4,083    
—    

$4,336    
—    

2003    

$1,993    
8    

$4,083    

$4,336    

$2,001    

$3,826    

$1,580    

$1,092    

$4,718    

$4,460    

$4,256    

1.11%  
1.29     
115.56     

1.39%  
1.43     
102.88     

0.72%  
1.52     
212.69     

Consumer Finance 
 (Dollars in thousands) 

Nonaccrual loans 

Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more 

Allowance for loan losses 

Nonaccrual consumer finance loans to total consumer finance loans 

Allowance for loan losses to total consumer finance loans 

     2007 

     2006 

     2005 

    2004 

$  1,388    

$       —    

$11,220    

0.87% 

7.00% 

$   880    

$       8    

$9,890    

0.66% 

7.44% 

$1,819    

$     26    

$8,346    

1.64% 

7.51% 

$1,330    

$   481    

$6,684    

1.42% 

7.15% 

2003     
$1,149     
$   233     
$4,401     
1.44%  
5.52%  

Nonperforming  assets  of  the  combined  Retail  and  Mortgage  Banking  segments  at  December  31,  2007 

included  $732,000  of  nonaccrual  loans  at  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  which  accounted  for  the  increase  in 

nonperforming assets.  However, the ratio of nonperforming assets to total loans remains below one percent and we 

believe  that  the  ratio  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  to  total  loans  and  the  coverage  ratio  are  indicative  of  an 

appropriate reserve level at December 31, 2007. 

Although increasing, nonaccrual loans of the Consumer Finance segment as a percentage of total consumer 

finance loans remains less than one percent at December 31, 2007.  While the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to 

total loans declined 44 basis points since December 31, 2006, the overall allowance for loan losses increased to $11.2 

million at December 31, 2007 from $9.9 million at December 31, 2006.  A decline in the loan loss allowance ratio can 

occur  during  periods  of  significant  loan  growth,  such  as  2007,  because  the  purchase  of  a  contract  does  not 

necessarily  simultaneously  give  rise  to  an  allowance.    We  use  historical  charge-off  experience  factors,  such  as 

delinquency status when each charge-off occurs, to determine the amount of losses inherent in the portfolio at the 

reporting date.  These assumptions are revised periodically and may be affected by actual performance of the loans 

or  other  factors.    Based  on  our  experience  since  acquiring  C&F  Finance,  we believe the level of the allowance for 

loan losses is appropriate to cover probable losses currently inherent in our consumer finance portfolio.  However, 

because  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  based  on  estimates,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  actual  charge-off 

amounts will not vary from such estimates. 

In accordance with its policies and guidelines and consistent with industry practices, C&F Finance, at times, 

offers  payment  deferrals  to  borrowers,  whereby  the  borrower  is  allowed  to  move  up  to  two  payments  within  a 

twelve-month rolling period to the end of the loan, generally by paying a fee.  An account for which all delinquent 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
payments are deferred is classified as current at the time the deferment is granted and therefore is not included as a 

delinquent account.  Thereafter, such an account is aged based on the timely payment of future installments in the 

same manner as any other account.  We evaluate the results of this deferment strategy based upon the amount of 

cash  installments  that  are  collected  on  accounts  after  they  have  been  deferred  versus  the  extent  to  which  the 

collateral underlying the deferred accounts has depreciated over the same period of time.  Based on this evaluation, 

we  believe  that  payment  deferrals  granted  according  to  our  policies  and  guidelines  are  an  effective  portfolio 

management  technique  and  result  in  higher  ultimate  cash  collections  from  the  portfolio.    Payment  deferrals  may 

affect the ultimate timing of when an account is charged off.  Increased use of deferrals may result in a lengthening 

of  the  loss  confirmation  period,  which  would  increase  expectations  of  credit  losses  inherent  in  the  portfolio  and 

therefore increase the allowance for loan losses and related provision for loan losses. 

During  periods  of  economic  slowdown  or  recession,  delinquencies,  defaults,  repossessions  and  losses 

generally  increase  at  the  Consumer  Finance  segment.    These  periods  also  may  be  accompanied  by  decreased 

consumer demand for automobiles and declining values of automobiles securing outstanding loans, which weakens 

collateral coverage and increases the amount of a loss in the event of default.  Significant increases in the inventory 

of  used  automobiles  during  periods  of  economic  recession  may  also  depress  the  prices  at  which  we  may  sell 

repossessed automobiles or delay the timing of these sales.  Because C&F Finance focuses on non-prime borrowers, 

the actual rates of delinquencies, defaults, repossessions and losses on these loans are higher than those experienced 

in  the  general  automobile  finance  industry  and  could  be  more  dramatically  affected  by  a  general  economic 

downturn.    While  we  manage  the  higher  risk  inherent  in  loans  made  to  non-prime  borrowers  through  the 

underwriting criteria and collection methods employed by C&F Finance, we cannot guarantee that these criteria or 

methods  will  afford  adequate  protection  against  these  risks.    However,  we  believe  that  the  current  allowance  for 

loan  losses  is  appropriate  to  absorb  any  losses  on  existing  Consumer  Finance  segment  loans  that  may  become 

uncollectible. 

We  generally  place  loans  at  the  Retail  Banking,  Mortgage  Banking  and  Consumer  Finance  segments  on 

nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past due, or earlier, if collection is 

uncertain  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  net  realizable  value  of  the  collateral  and  the  financial  strength  of  the 

borrower.  Loans greater than 90 days past due may remain on accrual status if we determine we have adequate 

collateral  to  cover  the  principal  and  interest.    For  those  loans  that are carried on nonaccrual status, payments are 

first  applied  to  principal  outstanding.    We  would  have  recorded  additional  gross  interest  income  of  $56,000  for 

2007, $70,000 for 2006 and $270,000 for 2005 if nonaccrual loans had been current throughout these periods.  Interest 

received on nonaccrual loans was $219,000 in 2007, $41,000 in 2006 (adjusted to exclude $870,000 of nonaccrued and 

default interest collected on the commercial loan pay-off) and $193,000 in 2005. 

At  the  Consumer  Finance  segment,  automobiles  securing  the  loans  are  generally  repossessed  after  a  loan 

becomes more than 60 days delinquent.  Repossessions are handled by independent repossession firms engaged by 

C&F  Finance  and  must  be  approved  by  a  collections  representative.    After  the  prescribed  waiting  period,  the 

repossessed automobile is sold in a third-party auction.  We credit the proceeds from the sale of the automobile, and 

any other recoveries, against the balance of the loan.  Proceeds from the sale of the repossessed vehicle and other 

recoveries  are  usually  not  sufficient  to  cover  the  outstanding  balance  of  the  loan,  and  the  resulting  deficiency  is 

charged  off.    The  charge-off  represents  the  difference  between  the  actual  net  sale  proceeds  minus  collections  and 

repossession  expenses  and  the  principal  balance  of  the  delinquent  loan.    C&F  Finance  pursues  collection  of 

deficiencies when it deems such action to be appropriate. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  measure  impaired  loans  based  on  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows  discounted  at  the 

effective interest rate of the loan or, as a practical expedient, at the loan’s observable market price or the fair value 

of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  We consider a loan impaired when it is probable that we will be 

unable to collect all interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  We do not consider a loan 

impaired  during  a  period  of  delay  in  payment  if  we  expect  the  ultimate  collectibility  of  all  amounts  due.    We 

maintain  a  valuation  allowance  to  the  extent  that  the  measure  of  the  impaired  loan  is  less  than  the  recorded 

investment.  The balance of impaired loans was $291,000 and $781,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, 

for  which  no  specific  valuation  allowance  was  deemed  necessary.    The  average  balance  of  impaired  loans  was 

$557,000 for 2007, $2.24 million for 2006 and $4.2 million for 2005. 

FINANCIAL CONDITION 

SUMMARY 

A  financial  institution’s  primary  sources  of  revenue  are  generated  by  its  earning  assets,  while  its  major 

expenses  are  produced  by  the  funding  of  those  assets  with  interest-bearing  liabilities.    Effective  management  of 

these  sources  and  uses  of  funds  is  essential  in  attaining  a  financial  institution’s  maximum  profitability  while 

maintaining an acceptable level of risk.  

At  December  31,  2007,  the  Corporation  had  total  assets  of  $785.6  million  compared  to  $734.5  million  at 

December 31, 2006.  The increase was principally a result of an increase in loans held for investment at the Retail 

Banking and Consumer Finance segments  and an increase in investment securities at the Retail Banking segment, 

which were offset in part by a decline in interest-bearing deposits in other banks used to partially fund loan growth 

and a decline in loans held for sale.  Asset growth was primarily funded with increased borrowings. 

LOAN PORTFOLIO 

General 

Through  the  Retail  Banking  segment,  we  engage  in  a  wide  range  of  lending  activities,  which  include  the 

origination, primarily in the Banking segment’s market area, of (1) one-to-four family and multi-family residential 

mortgage loans, (2) commercial real estate loans, (3) construction loans, (4) land acquisition and development loans, 

(5)  consumer  loans  and  (6)  commercial business loans.  We engage in non-prime automobile lending through the 

Consumer Finance segment and in residential mortgage lending through the Mortgage Banking segment with loans 

sold  to  third-party investors.  At December 31, 2007, the Corporation’s loans held for investment in all categories 

totaled $601.8 million and loans held for sale totaled $34.1 million. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tables 8 and 9 present information pertaining to the composition of loans and maturity/repricing of loans. 

TABLE 8: Summary of Loans Held for Investment 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Real estate—residential mortgage 
Real estate—construction 

Commercial, financial, and agricultural
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

1

Total loans 
Less allowance for loan losses 

Total loans, net 
  1 Includes loans secured by real estate  

                                     December 31,                                    

           2007 

           2006 

           2005 

           2004 

           2003 

$ 122,705 
26,719 
257,951 

25,282 
8,991 
160,196 

601,844 
(15,963)

$ 115,557  
13,650  
236,157  

24,880  
8,951  
132,864  

532,059  
(14,216) 

$  96,423 
20,222 
216,081 

24,662 
9,574 
111,141 

478,103 
(13,064)

$  85,080 
13,315 
185,646 

18,490 
9,620 
93,464 

405,615 
(11,144)

$  77,878  
9,591  
167,207  

13,044  
11,405  
79,702  

358,827  
(8,657) 

$585,881 

$517,843  

$465,039 

$394,471 

$350,170  

TABLE 9: Maturity/Repricing Schedule of Loans 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Variable Rate: 
  Within 1 year 
1 to 5 years 
  After 5 years 
Fixed Rate: 
  Within 1 year 
1 to 5 years 
  After 5 years 

December 31, 2007 

Commercial, Financial, 
and Agricultural 

Real Estate 
Construction 

$160,124
--
--

$  15,539
52,615
29,673

$12,388        
--       
--       

$14,331       
--       
--       

The increase in loans held for investment occurred predominantly in (1) the variable-rate categories of  real 

estate and commercial loans and (2) the fixed-rate category of consumer loans at C&F Finance.  Typically, growth in 

the  variable-rate  categories  will  negatively  affect  net  interest  margin  in  a  declining  rate  environment.    Fixed-rate 

consumer  loans  at  C&F  Finance  are  predominantly  funded  by  variable  rate  borrowings;  therefore,  net  interest 

margin will be favorably impacted in a declining interest rate environment. 

Credit Policy 

The Corporation’s credit policy establishes minimum requirements and provides for appropriate limitations 

on overall concentration of credit within the Corporation.  The policy provides guidance in general credit policies, 

underwriting  policies  and  risk  management,  credit  approval,  and  administrative  and  problem  asset  management 

policies.    The  overall  goal  of  the  Corporation’s  credit  policy  is  to  ensure  that  loan  growth  is  accompanied  by 

acceptable  asset  quality  with  uniform  and  consistently  applied  approval,  administration,  and  documentation 

practices and standards. 

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Sale 

The Mortgage Banking segment’s guidelines for underwriting conventional conforming loans comply with 

the  underwriting  criteria  established  by  Fannie  Mae  and/or  Freddie  Mac.    The  guidelines  for  non-conforming 

conventional  loans  are  based  on  the  requirements  of  private  investors  and  information  provided  by  third-party 

investors.  The guidelines used by C&F Mortgage to originate FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed loans comply with 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
the  criteria  established  by  HUD  and  the  VA.   The conventional loans that C&F Mortgage originates or purchases 

that  have  loan-to-value  ratios  greater  than  80  percent  at  origination  are  generally  insured  by  private  mortgage 

insurance.  The borrower pays the cost of the insurance. 

Residential Mortgage Lending – Held for Investment 

The  Retail  Banking  segment  originates  residential  mortgage  loans  secured  by  properties  located  in  its 

primary  market  area  in  southeastern  and  central  Virginia.    The  Bank  offers various types of residential mortgage 

loans  in  addition  to  traditional  long-term,  fixed-rate  loans.    The  majority  of  such  loans  include  10  and  15  year 

amortizing  mortgage  loans  with  fixed  rates  of  interest  and  fixed-rate  mortgage  loans  with  terms  of  20,  25 and 30 

years but subject to call after five years at the option of the Bank. 

Loans  associated  with  residential  mortgage  lending  are  included  in  the  real  estate—residential  mortgage 

category in Table 8. 

Construction Lending 

The Retail Banking segment has an active construction lending program.  The Bank makes loans primarily 

for the construction of one-to-four family residences and, to a lesser extent, multi-family dwellings.  The Bank also 

makes construction loans for office and warehouse facilities and other nonresidential projects, generally limited to 

borrowers that present other business opportunities for the Bank. 

The amounts, interest rates and terms for construction loans vary, depending upon market conditions, the 

size and complexity of the project, and the financial strength of the borrower and any guarantors of the loan.  The 

term  for  the  Bank’s  typical  construction  loan  ranges  from  nine  months  to  15  months  for  the  construction  of  an 

individual residence and from 15 months to a maximum of three years for larger residential or commercial projects.  

The  Bank  does  not  typically  amortize  its  construction  loans,  and  the  borrower  pays  interest  monthly  on  the 

outstanding principal balance of the loan.  The interest rates on the Bank’s construction loans are fixed and variable.  

The Bank does not generally finance the construction of commercial real estate projects built on a speculative basis.  

For residential builder loans, the Bank limits the number of models and/or speculative units allowed depending on 

market  conditions,  the  builder’s  financial  strength  and  track  record  and  other  factors.    Generally,  the  maximum 

loan-to-value  ratio  for one-to-four family residential construction loans is 80 percent of the property’s fair market 

value,  or  85  percent  of  the  property’s  fair  market  value  if  the  property  will  be  the  borrower’s  primary  residence.  

The  fair  market  value  of  a  project  is  determined  on  the  basis  of  an  appraisal  of  the  project  conducted  by  an 

appraiser acceptable to the Bank.  For larger projects where unit absorption or leasing is a concern, the Bank may 

also obtain a feasibility study or other acceptable information from the borrower or other sources about the likely 

disposition of the property following the completion of construction. 

Construction  loans  for  nonresidential  projects  and  multi-unit  residential  projects  are  generally  larger  and 

involve a greater degree of risk to the Bank than residential mortgage loans.  The Bank attempts to minimize such 

risks  (1)  by  making  construction  loans  in  accordance  with  the  Bank’s  underwriting  standards  and  to  established 

customers  in  its  primary  market  area  and  (2)  by  monitoring  the  quality,  progress  and  cost  of  construction.  

Generally,  the  maximum  loan-to-value  ratio  established  by  the  Bank  for  non-residential  projects  and  multi-unit 

residential  projects  is  80  percent;  however,  this  maximum  can  be  waived  for  particularly  strong  borrowers  on  an 

exception basis. 

Loans associated with construction lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 8. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consumer Lot Lending 

Consumer lot loans are loans made to individuals for the purpose of acquiring an unimproved building site 

for the construction of a residence that generally will be occupied by the borrower.  Consumer lot loans are made 

only  to  individual  borrowers,  and  each  borrower  generally  must  certify  to  the  Bank  his  intention  to  build  and 

occupy a single-family residence on the lot generally within three or five years of the date of origination of the loan.  

These  loans  typically  have  a  maximum  term  of  either  three  or  five  years  with  a  balloon  payment  of  the  entire 

balance  of  the  loan  being  due  in  full  at  the  end  of  the  initial  term.    The  interest  rate  for  these  loans  is  fixed  or 

variable at a rate that is slightly higher than prevailing rates for one-to-four family residential mortgage loans.  We 

do not believe consumer lot loans bear as much risk as land acquisition and development loans because such loans 

are not made for the construction of residences for immediate resale, are not made to developers and builders, and 

are not concentrated in any one subdivision or community.  The Bank also purchases lot loans originated by C&F 

Mortgage.    These  loans  must  satisfy  the  Bank’s  underwriting  criteria,  including  loan-to-value  and  credit  score 

guidelines. 

Loans associated with consumer lot lending are included in the real estate—construction category in Table 

8. 

Commercial Real Estate Lending 

The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are primarily secured by the value of real property and the income 

arising  from  such  property.    The  proceeds  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  generally  used  by  the  borrower  to 

finance or refinance the cost of acquiring and/or improving a commercial property.  The properties that typically 

secure  these  loans  are  office  and  warehouse  facilities,  hotels,  retail  facilities,  restaurants  and  other  commercial 

properties.    The  Bank’s  present  policy  is  generally  to  restrict  the  making  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  to 

borrowers  who  will  occupy  or  use  the  financed  property  in  connection  with  their  normal  business  operations.  

However,  the  Bank  also  will  consider  making  commercial  real  estate  loans  under  the  following  two  conditions.  

First,  the  Bank  will  consider  making  commercial  real  estate  loans  for  other  purposes  if  the  borrower  is  in  strong 

financial  condition  and  presents  a  substantial  business  opportunity  for  the  Bank.    Second,  the  Bank  will  consider 

making  commercial  real  estate  loans  to  creditworthy  borrowers  who  have  substantially  pre-leased  the 

improvements to high-caliber tenants.  

The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are usually amortized over a period of time ranging from 15 years 

to  25  years  and  usually  have  a  term  to  maturity  ranging  from  five  years  to  15  years.    These  loans normally have 

provisions for interest rate adjustments after the loan is three to five years old.  The Bank’s maximum loan-to-value 

ratio for a commercial real estate loan is 80 percent; however, this maximum can be waived for particularly strong 

borrowers  on  an  exception  basis.    Most  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  further  secured  by  one  or  more 

unconditional personal guarantees. 

In recent years, the Bank has structured some of its commercial real estate loans as mini-permanent loans.  

The amortization period, term and interest rates for these loans vary based on borrower preferences and the Bank’s 

assessment  of  the  loan  and  the  degree  of  risk  involved.    If  the  borrower  prefers  a  fixed  rate  of  interest,  the  Bank 

usually offers a loan with a fixed rate of interest for a term of three to five years with an amortization period of up 

to  25  years.    The  remaining  balance  of  the  loan  is  due  and  payable  in  a  single balloon payment at the end of the 

initial term.  We believe that shorter maturities for commercial real estate loans are necessary to give the Bank some 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
protection from changes in the borrower’s business and income as well as changes in general economic conditions.  

In the case of fixed-rate commercial real estate loans, shorter maturities also provide the Bank with an opportunity 

to  adjust  the  interest  rate  on  this  type  of  interest-earning  asset  in  accordance  with  the  Bank’s  asset  and  liability 

management strategies. 

Loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate  are  generally  larger  and  involve  a  greater  degree  of  risk  than 

residential mortgage loans.  Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate are usually dependent on 

successful  operation  or  management  of  the  properties  securing  such  loans,  repayment  of  such  loans  is  subject  to 

changes in both general and local economic conditions and the borrower’s business and income.  As a result, events 

beyond the control of the Bank, such as a downturn in the local economy, could adversely affect the performance of 

the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio.  The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by lending to established 

customers and generally restricting its commercial real estate loans to its primary market area.  Emphasis is placed 

on the income producing characteristics and capacity of the collateral. 

Loans  associated  with  commercial  real  estate  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and 

agricultural category in Table 8. 

Land Acquisition and Development Lending 

Land acquisition and development loans are made to builders and developers for the purpose of acquiring 

unimproved  land  to  be  developed  for  residential  building  sites,  residential  housing  subdivisions,  multi-family 

dwellings and a variety of commercial uses.  The Bank’s policy is to make land acquisition loans to borrowers for 

the purpose of acquiring developed lots for single-family, townhouse or condominium construction.  The Bank will 

make  both  land  acquisition  and  development  loans  to  residential  builders,  experienced  developers  and  others  in 

strong financial condition to provide additional construction and mortgage lending opportunities for the Bank. 

The Bank underwrites and processes land acquisition and development loans in much the same manner as 

commercial construction loans and commercial real estate loans.  For land acquisition and development loans, the 

Bank  uses  lower  loan-to-value  ratios,  which  are  a  maximum  of  65  percent  for  raw  land,  75  percent  for  land 

development and improved lots and 80 percent of the discounted appraised value of the property as determined in 

accordance with the Bank’s appraisal policies for developed lots for single-family or townhouse construction.  The 

Bank can waive the maximum loan-to-value ratio for particularly strong borrowers on an exception basis.  The term 

of land acquisition and development loans ranges from a maximum of two years for loans relating to the acquisition 

of unimproved land to, generally, a maximum of three years for other types of projects.  All land acquisition and 

development loans generally are further secured by one or more unconditional personal guarantees.  Because these 

loans are usually in a larger amount and involve more risk than consumer lot loans, the Bank carefully evaluates the 

borrower’s assumptions and projections about market conditions and absorption rates in the community in which 

the property is located and the borrower’s ability to carry the loan if the borrower’s assumptions prove inaccurate. 

Loans associated with land acquisition and development lending are included in the commercial, financial 

and agricultural category in Table 8. 

Commercial Business Lending 

Commercial business loan products include revolving lines of credit to provide working capital, term loans 

to  finance  the  purchase  of  vehicles  and  equipment,  letters  of  credit  to  guarantee  payment  and  performance,  and 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
other  commercial  loans.    In  general,  these  credit  facilities  carry  the  unconditional  guaranty  of  the  owners and/or 

stockholders. 

Revolving and operating lines of credit are typically secured by all current assets of the borrower, provide 

for  the  acceleration  of  repayment  upon  any  event  of  default,  are  monitored  monthly  or  quarterly  to  ensure 

compliance with loan covenants, and are re-underwritten or renewed annually.  Interest rates generally will float at 

a  spread  tied  to  the  Bank’s  prime  lending  rate.    Term  loans  are  generally  advanced  for  the  purchase  of,  and  are 

secured by, vehicles and equipment and are normally fully amortized over a term of two to five years, on either a 

fixed or floating rate basis. 

Loans  associated  with  commercial  business  lending  are  included  in  the  commercial,  financial  and 

agricultural category in Table 8. 

Home Equity and Second Mortgage Lending 

The Bank offers its customers home equity lines of credit and second mortgage loans that enable customers 

to  borrow  funds  secured  by  the  equity  in  their  homes.    Currently,  home  equity  lines  of  credit  are  offered  with 

adjustable rates of interest that are generally priced at a spread to the prime lending rate.  Second mortgage loans 

are  offered  with  fixed  and  adjustable  rates.    Call  option  provisions  are  included  in  the  loan  documents  for  some 

longer-term,  fixed-rate  second  mortgage  loans,  and  these  provisions  allow  the  Bank  to  make  interest  rate 

adjustments for such loans.  Second mortgage loans are granted for a fixed period of time, usually between five and 

20  years,  and  home  equity  lines  of  credit  are  made  on  an  open-end,  revolving  basis.    Home  equity  loans,  second 

mortgage loans and other consumer loans secured by a personal residence generally do not present as much risk to 

the  Bank  as  other  types  of  consumer  loans.    The  Bank  also  purchases  home  equity  lines  of  credit  and  second 

mortgage loans originated by C&F Mortgage.  These loans must satisfy the Bank’s underwriting criteria, including 

loan-to-value and credit score guidelines. 

Loans associated with home equity and second mortgage lending are included in the equity lines category 

in Table 8. 

Consumer Lending 

The  Bank  offers  a  variety  of  consumer  loans,  including  automobile,  personal  secured  and  personal 

unsecured,  credit  card,  and  loans  secured  by  savings  accounts  or  certificates  of  deposit.    The  shorter  terms  and 

generally higher interest rates on consumer loans help the Bank maintain a profitable spread between its average 

loan  yield  and  its  cost  of  funds.    Consumer  loans  secured  by  collateral  other  than  a  personal  residence  generally 

involve  more  credit  risk  than  residential  mortgage  loans  because  of  the  type  and  nature  of  the  collateral  or,  in 

certain cases, the absence of collateral.  However, the Bank believes the higher yields generally earned on such loans 

compensate for the increased credit risk associated with such loans.   

Loans associated with consumer lending are included in the consumer category in Table 8. 

Automobile Sales Finance 

C&F Finance has an extensive automobile dealer network through which it purchases installment contracts 

throughout  its  markets.    Branch  personnel  have  a  specific  credit  authority  based  upon  their  experience  and 

historical loan portfolio results, as well as established underwriting criteria.  Although the credit approval process is 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
decentralized,  C&F  Finance’s  application  processing  system  includes  controls  designed  to  ensure  that  credit 

decisions comply with its underwriting policies and procedures. 

Finance  contract  application  packages  completed  by  prospective  borrowers  are  submitted  by  the 

automobile  dealers  electronically  through  a  third-party  online  automotive  sales  and  finance  platform  to  C&F 

Finance’s  automated  origination  and  application  scoring  system,  which  processes  the  credit  bureau  report, 

generates all relevant loan calculations and recommends the contract structure.  C&F Finance personnel with credit 

authority  review  the  system-generated  recommendations  and  determine  whether  to  approve  or  deny  the 

application.    The  credit  decision  is  based  primarily  on  the  applicant’s  credit  history  with  emphasis  on  prior  auto 

loan history, current employment status, income, collateral type and mileage, and the contract-to-value ratio. 

C&F Finance’s underwriting and collateral guidelines form the basis for the credit decision.  Exceptions to 

credit  policies  and  authorities  must be  approved by a designated credit officer.  C&F Finance’s typical borrowers 

have experienced prior credit difficulties.  Because C&F Finance serves customers who are unable to meet the credit 

standards  imposed  by  most  traditional  automobile  financing  sources,  we  expect  C&F  Finance  to  sustain  a  higher 

level  of  credit  losses  than  traditional  automobile  financing  sources.    However,  C&F  Finance  generally  charges 

interest  at  higher  rates  than those charged by traditional financing sources.  These higher rates should more than 

offset the increase in the provision for loan losses for this segment of the Corporation’s loan portfolio. 

Loans associated with automobile sales finance are included in the consumer finance category in Table 8. 

SECURITIES 

The  investment  portfolio  plays  a  primary  role  in  the  management  of  the  Corporation’s  interest  rate 

sensitivity and generates substantial interest income.  In addition, the portfolio serves as a source of liquidity and is 

used  as  needed  to  meet  collateral  requirements.    The  investment  portfolio  consists  of  securities available for sale, 

which  may  be  sold  in  response  to  changes  in  market  interest rates, changes  in prepayment risk, increases in loan 

demand, general liquidity needs and other similar factors.  These securities are carried at estimated fair value. 

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  composition  of  the  Corporation’s  securities  available  for  sale  in  dollar 

amounts  at  fair  value  and  as  a  percentage  of  the  Corporation’s  total  securities  available  for  sale  at  the  dates 

indicated: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies and 
  corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and 
  political subdivisions 
  Total debt securities 
Preferred stock 
  Total available for sale securities 

  December 31, 2007 
Amount 

Percent 

  December 31, 2006 
Amount 

Percent 

$  7,467 
1,771 

  68,150 
  77,388 
3,867 
$ 81,225 

9% 
2 

 84 
 95 
  5 
100% 

$ 

6,222 
2,208 

55,027 
63,457 
4,127 
$  67,584 

9% 
3 

 82 
 94 
  6 
100% 

The increase in securities available for sale occurred predominantly in the municipal portfolio.  Additions 

since December 31, 2006 focused on longer-term municipal securities. 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table  10  presents  additional  information  pertaining  to  the  composition  of  the  securities  portfolio  by 

contractual maturity. 

TABLE 10: Maturity of Securities 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies and corporations: 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

   Total U.S. government agencies and corporations 

Mortgage backed securities: 
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 

   Total mortgage backed securities 

1

States and municipals:
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

   Total states and municipals 

2

Total securities:
Maturing within 1 year 
Maturing after 1 year, but within 5 years 
Maturing after 5 years, but within 10 years 
Maturing after 10 years 

   Total securities 
1

                                              Year Ended December 31,                                              
                  2005                  
                 2007                
Weighted 
Weighted 
Average 
Average 
Yield    
Yield    

Weighted 
Average 
Yield    

Amortized 
Cost 

Amortized 
Cost 

Amortized 
Cost 

                   2006                   

$      250    
1,998    
2,973    
2,225    

7,446    

154    
1,622    

1,776    

4,005    
18,595    
28,167    
16,442    

67,209    

4,409    
22,215    
31,140    
18,667    

3.50% 
4.19    
5.61    
6.16    

5.32    

5.34    
4.64    

4.64    

5.32    
6.24    
6.47    
6.21    

6.27    

5.21    
5.93    
6.39    
6.21    

$     498    
2,747    
2,443    
625    

6,313    

38    
2,198    

2,236    

1,213    
16,254    
24,017    
12,437    

53,921    

1,749    
21,199    
26,460    
13,062    

2.97% 
4.46     
5.55     
6.82     

5.00     

3.39     
4.77     

4.75     

4.38     
6.06     
6.75     
6.41     

6.41     

3.95     
5.71     
6.64     
6.42     

$      --     
2,740     
3,495     
--     

6,235     

348     
2,240     

2,588     

1,103     
11,192     
22,592     
16,242     

51,129     

1,451     
16,172     
26,087     
16,242     

$76,431    

6.14% $62,470    

6.21% 

$59,952     

--%
4.25   
5.01   
--   

4.68   

5.91   
4.70   

4.86   

4.85   
6.03   
6.92   
6.64   

6.60   

5.10   
5.53   
6.67   
6.64   

6.33%

Yields on tax-exempt securities have been computed on a taxable-equivalent basis. 

2

Total securities excludes preferred stock at amortized cost of $4.0 million at December 31, 2007;  $3.9 million at December 31, 2006; and  
$4.1 million at December 31, 2005. (estimated fair value of $3.9  million at December 31, 2007; $4.1 million at December 31, 2006;  and 
$4.1 million at December 31, 2005). 

DEPOSITS 

The  Corporation’s  predominant  source  of  funds  is  depository  accounts,  which  are  comprised  of  demand 

deposits,  savings  and  money  market  accounts,  and  time  deposits.    The  Corporation’s  deposits  are  principally 

provided by individuals and businesses located within the communities served.  

Deposits  totaled  $527.6  million  at  December  31,  2007,  compared  to  $532.8  million  at  December  31,  2006.  

This decrease was primarily attributable to (1) the decrease in noninterest-bearing demand deposits, which totaled 

$80.0 million at December 31, 2007, compared to $90.3 million at December 31, 2006 and (2) the decrease in savings 

and  interest-bearing  demand  deposits,  which  totaled  $184.6  million  at  December  31,  2007,  compared  to  $188.5 

million  at  December  31,  2006,  which  were  offset  in  part  by  the  increase  in  time  deposits  to  $262.9  million  at 

December 31, 2007 from $254.1 million at December 31, 2006.  The decrease in savings and interest-bearing demand 

deposits  resulted  primarily  from  a  decrease  in  municipal  deposit  accounts,  which  was  partially  offset  by  strong 

money  market  deposit  growth  in  the  four  new  branches  opened  in  2006  and  2007.   The increase in time deposits 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
resulted  from  the  effect  of  our  competitive  rate-setting  strategies  and  the  issuance  of  $3.0  million  of  brokered 

certificates of deposit.  Total deposits at December 31, 2006 increased $37.4 million, or 7.5 percent, over December 

31, 2005.  Deposit growth in 2006 occurred in all of the Bank’s market regions in 2006. 

Table 11 presents the average deposit balances and average rates paid for the years 2007, 2006 and 2005.   

TABLE 11: Average Deposits and Rates Paid 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits  

Interest-bearing transaction accounts  
Money market deposit accounts  
Savings accounts  
Certificates of deposit, $100M or more  
Other certificates of deposit  

   Total interest-bearing deposits  

   Total deposits  

                                                           Year Ended December 31,                                                     

            2007         

Average
Balance

$  84,365 

82,109
51,624
45,452
99,653
169,431

448,269

$532,634

Average
Rate    

1.11%
2.97   
0.66   
4.73   
4.41   

3.33%

            2006         
Average
Balance

Average
Rate    

             2005            
Average 
Balance 

Average
Rate    

$   79,472 

87,074
44,820
49,644
79,873
152,879

414,290

$493,762

1.09%
2.20   
0.71   
3.98   
3.72   

2.69%

$   76,172 

81,885 
49,909 
54,656 
63,432 
136,779 

386,661 

$462,833 

0.89%
1.42   
0.70   
2.71   
2.74   

1.88%

Table 12 details maturities of certificates of deposit with balances of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2007. 

TABLE 12: Maturities of Certificates of Deposit with Balances of $100,000 or More 

(Dollars in thousands) 

3 months or less 
3-6 months 
6-12 months 
Over 12 months 

   Total 

BORROWINGS 

December 31, 2007 

$13,566             
16,140             
51,264             
16,036             

$97,006             

In addition to deposits, the Corporation utilizes short-term borrowings from the FHLB to fund its day-to-

day  operations.    Short-term  borrowings  also  include  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase,  which  are 

secured transactions with customers and generally mature the day following the day sold, an overnight fed funds 

line with a regional correspondent bank, as well as a short-term line of credit with a third-party lender for general 

corporate purposes.  Long-term borrowings consist of advances from the FHLB and advances under a non-recourse 

revolving bank line of credit.  All FHLB advances are secured by a blanket floating lien on all qualifying real estate 

loans.  The bank line of credit is non-recourse and is secured by loans at C&F Finance. 

In  December,  2007,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  II  (Trust  II),  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the 

Corporation, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities for general corporate purposes 

including  the  refinancing  of  existing  debt.    On  December  14, 2007, Trust II issued $10.0 million of trust preferred 

capital  securities  in  a  private  placement  to  an  institutional  investor  and  $310,000  in  common  equity  to  the 

Corporation.    The  principal  asset  of  Trust  II  is  $10.3 million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes.  In 

July 2005, C&F Financial Statutory Trust I (Trust I), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was formed for 

the  purpose  of  issuing  trust  preferred  capital  securities  to  partially  fund  the  Corporation’s  purchase  of  427,186 

44 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of its common stock.  On July 21, 2005, Trust I issued $10.0 million of trust preferred capital securities in a 

private  placement  to  an  institutional  investor  and  $310,000  in  common  equity  to  the  Corporation.    The  principal 

asset of Trust I is $10.3 million of the Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes.  For further information concerning 

the Corporation’s borrowings, refer to Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” under the heading 

“Note 7:  Borrowings.” 

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

To meet the financing needs of customers, the Corporation is a party, in the normal course of business, to 

financial  instruments  with  off-balance-sheet  risk.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend 

credit,  commitments  to  sell  loans  and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve elements of credit and 

interest rate risk in addition to the amount on the balance sheet.  The Corporation’s exposure to credit loss in the 

event  of  nonperformance  by  the  other  party  to  the  financial  instrument  for  commitments  to  extend  credit  and 

standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments.  We use the same 

credit policies in making these commitments and conditional obligations as we do for on-balance-sheet instruments.  

We obtain collateral based on our credit assessment of the customer in each circumstance. 

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of 

the terms of the contract prior to funding.  Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses 

and  may  require  payment  of  a  fee  by  the  customer.    Since  many  of  the  commitments  may  expire  without  being 

completely drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The 

total amount of unused loan commitments was $98.0 million at December 31, 2007 and $93.3 million at December 

31, 2006. 

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  written  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Bank  to  guarantee  the 

performance  of  a  customer  to  a  third  party.    The  credit  risk  involved  in  issuing  letters  of  credit  is  essentially  the 

same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  The total contract amount of standby letters of credit, whose 

contract amounts represent credit risk, was $7.1 million at December 31, 2007 and $8.8 million at December 31, 2006. 

At December 31, 2007, C&F Mortgage had rate lock commitments to originate mortgage loans aggregating 

$22.8 million and loans held for sale of $34.1 million.  C&F Mortgage has entered into corresponding commitments 

with  third  party  investors  to  sell  loans  of  approximately  $56.9  million.    Under  the  contractual  relationship  with 

these investors, C&F Mortgage is obligated to sell the loans only if the loans close.  No other obligation exists.  As a 

result  of  these  contractual  relationships  with  these  investors,  C&F  Mortgage  is  not  exposed  to  losses,  nor  will  it 

realize gains, related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates.   

C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party investors, 

some  of  whom  require  the  repurchase  of  loans  in  the  event  of  early  default  or  faulty  documentation.    Mortgage 

loans  and  their  related  servicing  rights  are  sold  under  agreements  that  define  certain  eligibility  criteria  for  the 

mortgage loans.  Recourse periods vary from 90 days up to one year and conditions for repurchase vary with the 

investor.  We include recourse considerations in our calculation of the Corporation’s capital adequacy.  Payments 

made under these recourse provisions were $84,000 in 2007, $62,000 in 2006 and $29,000 in 2005.  Risks also arise 

from the possible inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts.  C&F Mortgage has procedures in 

place to evaluate the credit risk of investors and does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its obligations. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIQUIDITY 

The objective of the Corporation’s liquidity management is to ensure the continuous availability of funds to 

satisfy the credit needs of our customers and the demands of our depositors, creditors and investors.  Stable core 

deposits  and  a  strong  capital  position  are  the  components  of  a  solid  foundation  for  the  Corporation’s  liquidity 

position.    Additional  sources  of  liquidity  available  to  the  Corporation  include  cash  flows  from  operations,  loan 

payments  and  payoffs,  deposit  growth,  sales  of  securities, the issuance of brokered certificates of deposit and the 

capacity to borrow additional funds. 

Liquid  assets,  which  include  cash  and  due  from  banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  at  other  banks,  federal 

funds  sold  and  nonpledged  securities  available  for  sale,  totaled  $58.5  million  at  December  31,  2007.    The 
Corporation’s  funding  sources consist of (1) an established federal funds line with a regional correspondent bank 
that had no outstanding balance under a total line of $14.0 million as of December 31, 2007, (2) an established line 

with the FHLB that had $66.9 million outstanding under a total line of $124.6 million as of December 31, 2007, (3) a 

revolving  line  of  credit  with  a  third-party  bank  that  had  $86.0  million  outstanding  under  a  total  line  of  $100.0 

million as of December 31, 2007 and (4) a revolving line of credit with a third-party bank that had no outstanding 

balance under a total line of $7.0 million as of December 31, 2007.  We have no reason to believe these arrangements 

will not be renewed at maturity. 

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more maturing in less than a year totaled $81.0 million at December 31, 

2007; certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more maturing in more than one year totaled $16.0 million.  The following 

table presents the Corporation’s contractual obligations and scheduled payment amounts due at various intervals 

over the next five years and beyond as of December 31, 2007: 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Less than 1 Year 

1-3 Years 

3-5 Years 

More than 5 Years 

Bank lines of credit 

     $  85,959  

       $        -- 

         66,900 

         19,400 

     $85,959 

                -- 

    $        -- 

      17,500 

        $        -- 

          30,000 

         20,620 

                 -- 

                -- 

               -- 

          20,620 

FHLB advances1 
Trust preferred 
capital notes 

Securities sold under 

agreements to 
repurchase 

Operating leases 

           2,883 

           1,043 

           2,568 

           2,568 

                -- 

          1,182 

               -- 

            658 

                  -- 

                  -- 

      $87,141 

     $178,930 

       $23,011 

Total 
1FHLB  advances  include  convertible  advances  of  $17.5  million  maturing  in  2012,  $12.5  million  maturing  in  2014  and  $17.5 
million  maturing  in  2017.    These  advances  have  fixed  rates  of  interest  unless  the  FHLB  exercises  its  option  to  convert  the 
interest  on  these  advances  from  fixed-rate  to  variable-rate  (i.e.,  the  conversion  date).    We  can  elect  to  repay  the  advances  in 
whole or in part on their respective conversion dates and on any interest payment dates thereafter without the payment of a 
fee  if  the  FHLB  elects  to  convert  the  advances.    However,  we  would  incur  a  fee  if  we  repay  the  advances  prior  to  their 
respective  conversion  dates,  if  the  FHLB  does  not  convert  the  advance  on  the  conversion  date,  or,  after  notification  of 
conversion,  on  any  date  other  than  the  conversion  date  or  any  interest  payment  date  thereafter.    For  further  information 
concerning  the  Corporation’s  FHLB  borrowings,  refer  to  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  under the 
heading “Note 7:  Borrowings.” 

        $50,620 

     $18,158 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As a result of the Corporation’s management of liquid assets and the ability to generate liquidity through 

liability  funding,  we  believe  that  we  maintain  overall  liquidity  sufficient  to  satisfy  the  Corporation’s  operational 

requirements and contractual obligations. 

CAPITAL RESOURCES 

The  assessment  of  capital  adequacy  depends  on  such  factors  as  asset  quality,  liquidity,  earnings 

performance, and changing competitive conditions and economic forces.  We regularly review the adequacy of the 

Corporation’s capital.  We maintain a structure that will assure an adequate level of capital to support anticipated 

asset growth and to absorb potential losses.  

During 2007, the Corporation purchased 54,800 shares of its common stock in negotiated and open-market 

transactions  at  prices  ranging  between  $32.50  and  $43.20  in  accordance  with  a  board-approved  stock  purchase 

program  that  will  expire  in July 2008.  Purchases of 149,720 shares at prices between $37.25 and $45.07 per share 

were made in accordance with a board-approved stock purchase program, which was terminated in July 2007.  The 

board  of  directors  authorized  these  stock  purchases  because  the  Corporation’s  capital  level  exceeded  its  ongoing 

operational needs and regulatory requirements.  While we will continue to look for opportunities to invest capital in 

profitable  growth,  share  purchases are another tool that facilitates improving shareholder return, as measured by 

ROE and earnings per share. 

The  Corporation’s  capital  position  continues  to  exceed  regulatory  minimum  requirements.    The  primary 

indicators  relied  on  by  bank  regulators  in  measuring  the  capital  position  are  the  Tier  1  capital,  total  risk-based 

capital,  and  leverage  ratios,  as  previously  described  in  the  “Regulation  and  Supervision”  section  of  Item  1.    The 

Corporation’s Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted asset ratio was 11.2 percent at December 31, 2007, compared with 11.3 

percent at December 31, 2006.  The total capital to risk-weighted asset ratio was 12.8 percent at December 31, 2007, 

compared with 12.6 percent at December 31, 2006.  The Tier 1 leverage ratio was 9.4 percent at December 31, 2007, 

compared  with  9.6  percent  at  December  31,  2006.    These  ratios  are  in  excess  of  the  mandated  minimum 

requirements.  A portion of the trust preferred securities issued in December 2007 and July 2005 are treated as Tier 1 

capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes. 

Shareholders’ equity was $65.2 million at year-end 2007 compared with $68.0 million at year-end 2006.  The 

dividend  payout  ratio  was  44.5  percent  in  2007,  30.2  percent  in  2006  and  28.3  percent  in  2005.    During  2007,  the 

Corporation declared dividends of $1.24 per share, up 6.9 percent from $1.16 per share per share in 2006. 

We  are  not  aware  of  any  current  recommendations  by  any  regulatory  authorities  that,  if  implemented, 

would have a material effect on the Corporation’s liquidity, capital resources or results of operations. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Recent accounting pronouncements affecting the Corporation are described in Item 8, “Financial Statements 

and  Supplementary  Data,”  under  the  heading  “Note  1:    Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies-Recent 

Accounting Pronouncements.” 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EFFECTS OF INFLATION  

The effect of changing prices is typically different for financial institutions than for other entities because a 

financial  institution’s  assets  and  liabilities  are  monetary  in  nature.    Interest  rates  are  significantly  impacted  by 

inflation,  but  neither  the  timing  nor  the  magnitude  of  the  changes  is  directly  related  to  price-level  indices.    The 

consolidated financial statements reflect the impacts of inflation on interest rates, loan demands and deposits.  

USE OF CERTAIN NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES 

In addition to results presented in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles 
(GAAP),  we  have  presented  certain  non-GAAP  financial  measures  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2006 
throughout this Form 10-K, which are reconciled to GAAP financial measures below.  We believe these non-GAAP 
financial measures provide information useful to investors in understanding the Corporation’s performance trends 
and facilitate comparisons with its peers.  Specifically, we believe the exclusion of a significant recovery of income 
recognized in a single accounting period permits a comparison of results for ongoing business operations, and it is 
on this basis that we internally assess the Corporation’s performance for 2006 and establish goals for future periods.  
Although  we  believe  the  non-GAAP  financial  measures  presented  in  this  Form  10-K  enhance  investors’ 
understandings of the Corporation’s performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a 
substitute for GAAP financial measures. 

Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data) 

  * 

2007 

2006 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

Net Income and Earnings Per Share 
  Net income (GAAP) 
  Nonaccrual and default interest attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Net income, excluding nonaccrual and default interest 
  and reduction in loan loss allowance attributable 

to loan transaction 

  Weighted average shares – assuming dilution (GAAP) 
  Weighted average shares – basic (GAAP) 
  Earnings per share – assuming dilution 

  GAAP 
  Excluding nonaccrual and default interest and 

  reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to 

loan transaction 
  Earnings per share – basic 

  GAAP 
  Excluding nonaccrual and default interest and 

  reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to 

A 

$8,480 

$12,129 

- 

- 

$8,480 
3,161 
3,039 

(565) 

(163) 

$11,401 
3,273 
3,152 

B 
C 
D 

A/C 

$2.68 

$3.71 

B/C 

A/D 

$2.68 

$2.79 

$3.48 

$3.85 

loan transaction 

B/D 

$2.79 

$3.62 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Certain Non-GAAP Financial Measures (Continued) 

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share data) 

  * 

2007 

2006 

For the Year Ended December 31, 

Return on Average Assets 
  Average assets (GAAP) 
  Return on average assets 

  GAAP 
  Excluding nonaccrual and default interest and 

  reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to 

E 

$748,394 

$694,315 

A/E 

1.13% 

1.75% 

loan transaction 

B/E 

1.13% 

1.64% 

Return on Average Equity 
  Average equity (GAAP) 
  Return on average equity 

  GAAP 
  Excluding nonaccrual and default interest and 

  reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to 

F 

$65,070 

$63,949 

A/F 

13.03% 

18.97% 

loan transaction 

B/F 

13.03% 

17.83% 

Retail Banking Segment Net Income 
  Pretax income (GAAP) 
  Nonaccrual and default interest attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Reduction in loan loss allowance attributable to loan 

transaction, net of income taxes (GAAP) 

  Pretax income, excluding nonaccrual and default interest 

  and reduction in loan loss allowance attributable 

$4,335 

$8,731 

- 

- 

(870) 

(250) 

to loan transaction 

$4,335 

$7,611 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin 
  Net interest income (GAAP) 
  Taxable-equivalent adjustment 
  Taxable-equivalent net interest income (GAAP) 
  Nonaccrual and default interest attributable to loan 

transaction (GAAP) 

  Taxable-equivalent net interest income, excluding 

  nonaccrual and default interest attributable to loan 

transaction 

  Average interest-earning assets (GAAP) 
  Net interest margin (GAAP) 
  Net interest margin, excluding nonaccrual and default 

Interest attributable to loan transaction 

$41,447 
  1,488 
42,935 

$40,125 
  1,357 
41,482 

- 

(870) 

$42,935 

$40,612 

$685,103 

6.27% 

$632,069 

6.56% 

6.27% 

6.43% 

G 

H 

I 
G/I 

H/I 

*  The  letters  included  in  this  column  are  provided  to  show  how the various ratios presented in the Reconciliation of Certain 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures are calculated. 

ITEM 7A. 

 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The Corporation’s primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility.  Fluctuations in interest rates 

will impact the amount of interest income and expense the Corporation receives or pays on a significant portion of 

its assets and liabilities and the market value of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, excluding 

those  which  have  a  very  short  term  until  maturity.    The  Corporation  does  not  subject  itself  to  foreign  currency 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
exchange  rate  risk  or  commodity  price  risk  due  to  the  current  nature  of  its  operations.    The  Corporation  did  not 

have any outstanding hedging transactions, such as interest rate swaps, floors or caps, at December 31, 2007.  

The primary objective of the Corporation’s asset/liability management process is to maximize current and 

future  net  interest  income  within  acceptable  levels  of  interest  rate  risk  while  satisfying  liquidity  and  capital 

requirements. Management recognizes that a certain amount of interest rate risk is inherent and appropriate.  Thus 

the  goal  of  interest rate risk management is to maintain a balance between risk and reward such that net interest 

income is maximized while risk is maintained at an acceptable level. 

The Corporation assumes interest rate risk as a result of its normal operations.  The fair values of most of 

the  Corporation’s  financial  instruments  will  change  when  interest  rates  change  and  that  change  may  be  either 

favorable or unfavorable to the Corporation.  Management attempts to match maturities of assets and liabilities to 

the extent believed necessary to minimize interest rate risk.  However, borrowers with fixed rate obligations are less 

likely to prepay in a rising rate environment and more likely to prepay in a falling rate environment.  Conversely, 

depositors  who  are  receiving  fixed  rates  are  more  likely  to  withdraw  funds  before  maturity  in  a  rising  rate 

environment and less likely to do so in a falling rate environment.  Management monitors rates and maturities of 

assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by 

investing in securities with terms that mitigate the Corporation’s overall interest rate risk. 

We use simulation analysis to assess earnings at risk and economic value of equity (EVE) analysis to assess 

economic value at risk.  These methods allow management to regularly monitor both the direction and magnitude 

of the Corporation’s interest rate risk exposure.  These modeling techniques involve assumptions and estimates that 

inherently  cannot  be  measured  with  complete  precision.    Key  assumptions  in  the  analyses  include  maturity  and 

repricing characteristics of both assets and liabilities, prepayments on amortizing assets, other embedded options, 

non-maturity deposit sensitivity and loan and deposit pricing.  These assumptions are inherently uncertain due to 

the timing, magnitude and frequency of rate changes and changes in market conditions and management strategies, 

among  other  factors.    However,  the  analyses  are  useful  in  quantifying  risk  and  provide  a  relative  gauge  of  the 

Corporation’s interest rate risk position over time.  

Simulation  analysis  evaluates  the  potential  effect  of  upward  and  downward  changes  in  market  interest 

rates  on  future  net  interest  income.    The  analysis  involves  changing  the  interest  rates  used  in  determining  net 

interest income over the next twelve months.  The resulting percentage change in net interest income in various rate 

scenarios is an indication of the Corporation’s shorter-term interest rate risk.  The analysis utilizes a “static” balance 

sheet  approach,  which  assumes  changes  in  interest  rates  without  any  management  response  to  change  the 

composition  of  the  balance  sheet.    The  measurement  date  balance  sheet  composition  is  maintained  over  the 

simulation time period with maturing and repayment dollars being rolled back into like instruments for new terms 

at current market rates.  Additional assumptions are applied to modify volumes and pricing under the various rate 

scenarios.  These include prepayment assumptions on mortgage assets, the sensitivity of non-maturity deposit rates, 

and other factors that management deems significant. 

The  simulation  analysis  results  are  presented  in  the  table  below.    These  results,  based  on  a  measurement 

date  balance  sheet  as  of  December  31,  2007,  indicate  that  the  Corporation  would  expect  net  interest  income  to 

decrease over the next twelve months 1.48 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates 

of 200 basis points (BP) and to decrease 1.22 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1-Year Net Interest Income Simulation (dollars in thousands) 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 

-200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

Hypothetical Change in Net 
Interest Income for the Year Ended 
December 31, 2007 

Dollars 
($668) 
($552) 

Percentage 
(1.48%) 
(1.22%) 

The EVE analysis provides information on the risk inherent in the balance sheet that might not be taken into 

account  in  the  simulation  analysis  due  to  the  shorter  time  horizon  used  in  that  analysis.    The EVE of the balance 

sheet is defined as the discounted present value of expected asset cash flows minus the discounted present value of 

the expected liability cash flows.  The analysis involves changing the interest rates used in determining the expected 

cash flows and in discounting the cash flows.  The resulting percentage change in net present value in various rate 

scenarios is an indication of the longer term repricing risk and options embedded in the balance sheet. 

The EVE analysis results are presented in the table below.  These results as of December 31, 2007 indicate 

that the EVE would decrease 7.06 percent assuming an immediate downward shift in market interest rates of 200 BP 

and would decrease 7.07 percent if rates shifted upward in the same manner.  

Static EVE Change (dollars in thousands) 

Assumed Market Interest Rate Shift 

-200 BP shock 
+200 BP shock 

Hypothetical Change in EVE 
Percentage 
Dollars 
(7.06%) 
($6,102) 
(7.07%) 
($6,106) 

In  the  analyses  above,  net  interest  income  and  the  EVE  decline  in  both  an  immediate  downward  and 

upward shift in interest rates.  In a rising rate environment, the Corporation’s assets would take longer to reprice 

than what the Corporation pays on its borrowings and deposits primarily due to the longer maturity or repricing 

dates  of  its  investment  and  loan  portfolios.    However,  in  a  falling  rate  environment  the  analyses  assume  that 

adjustable-rate assets will continue to reprice downward and fixed-rate assets with prepayment or callable options 

will reprice at lower rates while certain deposits can not reprice any lower. 

At C&F Mortgage, we enter into commitments to originate residential mortgage loans whereby the interest 

rate on the loan is determined prior to funding (i.e., rate lock commitments).  The period of time between issuance 

of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 days to 90 days. The Corporation 

protects itself from changes  in interest rates by entering into loan purchase agreements with third party investors 

that  provide  for  the  investor  to  purchase  loans  at  the  same  terms  (including  interest  rate)  as  committed  to  the 

borrower.  Under the contractual relationship with the purchaser of each loan, the Corporation is obligated to sell 

the  loan  to  the  purchaser  only  if  the  loan  closes.    No  other  obligation  exists.    As  a  result  of  these  contractual 

relationships with purchasers of loans, the Corporation is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its 

rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates.  

We  believe  that  our  current  interest  rate  exposure  is  manageable  and  does  not  indicate  any  significant 

exposure to interest rate changes. 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(Dollars in thousands, except for share and per share amounts) 

Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 
Federal funds sold 

  Total cash and cash equivalents 

Securities—available for sale at fair value, amortized cost of 
  $80,425 and $66,407, respectively 
Loans held for sale, net 
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $15,963 and $14,216, 

respectively 

Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Corporate premises and equipment, net 
Accrued interest receivable 
Goodwill 
Other assets 

  Total assets 

Liabilities 
Deposits 
  Noninterest-bearing demand deposits 
  Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits 
  Time deposits 

  Total deposits 
Short-term borrowings 
Long-term borrowings 
Trust preferred capital notes 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

  Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingent liabilities 

Shareholders’ Equity 
Preferred stock ($1.00 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized) 
Common stock ($1.00 par value, 8,000,000 shares authorized, 
  3,019,591 and 3,182,411 shares issued and outstanding, respectively) 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net 

  Total shareholders’ equity 
  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

52 

               December 31,        

     2007 

     2006 

$   11,115
319
829
12,263

81,255
34,083

585,881
4,387
32,854
5,069
10,724
19,080
$ 785,596

$   80,002 
184,620
262,949
527,571
21,968
133,459
20,620
2,115
14,639
720,372

— 

— 

2,979
— 
62,048
197
65,224
$ 785,596

$   11,496 
17,010
— 
28,506

67,584
53,504

517,843
2,093
33,189
4,432
10,724
16,593
$ 734,468

$   90,260 
188,450
254,125
532,835
12,462
92,284
10,310
1,915
16,656
666,462

— 

— 

3,159
324
64,402
121
68,006
$734,468

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Interest income 

Interest and fees on loans 
Interest on money market investments 
Interest and dividends on securities 
  U.S. government agencies and corporations 
  Tax-exempt obligations of states and political subdivisions 
  Corporate bonds and other 
  Total interest income 

Interest expense 
  Savings and interest-bearing deposits 
  Certificates of deposit, $100M or more 
  Other time deposits 
  Borrowings 
  Trust preferred capital notes 
  Total interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

  Net interest income after provision for loan losses  

Noninterest income 
  Gains on sales of loans 
  Service charges on deposit accounts 
  Other service charges and fees 
  Gain on calls of available for sale securities 
  Other income 

  Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expenses 
  Salaries and employee benefits 
  Occupancy expenses 
  Other expenses 

  Total noninterest expenses 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 
Earnings per common share—basic 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 

                  Year Ended December 31,         
          2007 
            2006 

            2005 

$ 60,938
443

$ 55,112
454

$45,035
523

296
2,608
540
64,825

2,747
4,714
7,469
7,724
724
23,378
41,447
7,130
34,317

15,833
3,684
4,020
21
2,320
25,878

30,787
6,058
11,526
48,371
11,824
3,344
$  8,480
$    2.79
$    2.68

255
2,335
426
58,582

2,287
3,176
5,690
6,640
664
18,457
40,125
4,625
35,500

17,098
3,471
5,101
105
1,612
27,387

29,007
5,087
11,234
45,328
17,559
5,430
$  12,129
$      3.85
$      3.71 

281
2,379
552
48,770

1,828
1,717
3,735
4,447
270
11,997
36,773
5,520
31,253

18,194
2,812
4,795
105
1,678
27,584

28,277
3,871
9,720
41,868
16,969
5,181
$11,788
$    3.49 
$    3.36 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Balance December 31, 2004 
Purchase of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Comprehensive income 
  Net income 
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

  Unrealized holding losses on securities, net of 

reclassification adjustment 

Comprehensive income 
Cash dividends ($1.00 per share) 
Balance December 31, 2005 
Purchase of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Share-based compensation 
Comprehensive income 
  Net income 
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

  Unrealized holding losses on securities, net of 

reclassification adjustment 

Comprehensive income 
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158, net of tax 
Cash dividends ($1.16 per share) 
Balance December 31, 2006 
Purchase of common stock 
Stock options exercised 
Share-based  compensation 
Comprehensive income 
  Net income 
  Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

  Changes in defined benefit plan assets and 

benefit obligations, net of tax 

  Unrealized holding losses on securities, net of 

reclassification adjustment 

Comprehensive income 
Cash dividends ($1.24 per share) 
Balance December 31, 2007 

  Common 
  Stock  

  Additional 
  Paid-In 
  Capital  

$3,539     
(427)    
29     

$      80      
(371)     
474      

  Comprehensive 
  Income  

  Retained 
  Earnings  

$64,323     
(16,842)    

$11,788      

11,788     

  Accumulated 
  Other 
  Comprehensive 
  Income  

$1,957          

Total  
$69,899      
(17,640)     
503      

11,788      

3,141     
(14)    
32     

183      
(504)     
548      
97      

3,159     
(204)    
24     

324     
(1,166)    
543     
299     

   (1,125)     
$10,663      

(1,125)          

(1,125)     

(3,339)    
55,930     

832           

$12,129      

 12,129    

(3,339)     
60,086      
 (518)     
580      
97      

12,129      

        (67)     
$12,062      

(67)          

(67)    

(644)          

121           

(3,657)    
64,402     
(7,065)    

$  8,480      

8,480     

(644)    
(3,657)    
68,006      
 (8,435)     
567      
299      

 8,480      

301      

      (225)     
$  8,556      

301           

301      

(225)          

(225)     

$2,979     

$     —    

(3,769)    
$62,048     

$     197           

(3,769)    
$65,224     

Disclosure of reclassification amount for the year ended December 31:  

Unrealized net holding (losses) gains arising during period 
Less:  reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income 
Net unrealized losses on securities 

        2007 
$     (211)    
           14     
$     (225)    

    2006 
$         1     
         68     
$     (67)    

 2005 
$(1,057)          
          68           
$(1,125)          

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Operating activities: 
  Net income 
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

  operating activities: 
  Depreciation 
  Deferred income taxes 
  Provision for loan losses 
  Share-based compensation 
  Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums 

  on securities, net 

  Net realized gain on securities 
  Origination of loans held for sale 
  Sale of loans 
  Change in other assets and liabilities: 

  Accrued interest receivable 
  Other assets 
  Accrued interest payable 
  Other liabilities 

  Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities: 
  Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available for sale 
  Purchase of securities available for sale 
  Net (purchases) redemptions of FHLB stock 

Investment in statutory trust 
  Net increase in customer loans 
  Purchase of corporate premises and equipment 
  Disposal of corporate premises and equipment 

  Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities: 
  Net (decrease) increase in demand, interest-bearing demand 

  and savings deposits 

  Net increase in time deposits 
  Net increase in borrowings 

Issuance of trust preferred capital notes 

  Purchase of common stock 
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
  Cash dividends 

  Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Supplemental disclosure 

Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 

                   Year Ended December 31,             
        2006 

        2005 

        2007 

$    8,480    

$    12,129     $     11,788     

2,563    
(1,112)   
7,130    
299    

2,007    
(970)   
4,625    
97    

1,549     
(1,115)    
5,520     
—     

 50    
 (21)   
(828,379)   
 847,800    

 35    
 (105)   
(944,300)   
 930,473    

 12     
 (105)    
(1,058,804)    
 1,067,693     

 (637)   
(1,106)   
 200    
(1,554)   
33,713    

6,189    
(20,235)   
(2,294)   
(310)   
(75,168)   
(2,251)   
23    
 (94,046)   

 (768)   
(2,580)   
 609    
3,843    
5,095    

7,671    
(9,987)   
(217)   
—   
(57,429)   
(6,120)   
71    
 (66,011)   

 (623)    
2,393     
692     
(377)    
28,623     

11,990     
(6,142)    
154     
(310)    
(76,088)    
(12,461)    
69     
 (82,788)    

(14,088)   
8,824    
50,681    
10,310    
(8,435)   
567    
(3,769)   
44,090    
  (16,243)   
28,506    

9,516     
38,788     
13,719     
10,310     
(17,640)    
503     
(3,339)    
51,857     
  (2,308)    
45,186     
$     12,263     $     28,506     $      42,878     

4,565    
32,832    
12,742    
--    
(518)   
580    
(3,657)   
46,544    
  (14,372)   
42,878    

$     23,178     $     17,848     $      11,305     
 6,653     

5,935    

4,087    

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities 
  Unrealized (losses) on securities available for sale 
  Pension adjustment 

$        (347)   
463    

$        (103)    $      (1,731)    
--     

(990)   

See notes to consolidated financial statements.  

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

NOTE 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Principles  of  Consolidation:  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  C&F 
Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Citizens and Farmers Bank.  All significant intercompany 
accounts  and  transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.    In  addition,  C&F  Financial  Corporation  owns 
C&F Financial Statutory Trust I and C&F Financial Statutory Trust II, which are unconsolidated subsidiaries.  The 
subordinated debt owed to these trusts is reported as a liability of the Corporation.  The accounting and reporting 
policies of C&F Financial Corporation and subsidiary (the Corporation) conform to accounting principles generally 
accepted in the United States of America and to predominant practices within the banking industry. 

Nature of Operations: C&F Financial Corporation is a bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the 
Commonwealth of Virginia.  The Corporation owns all of the stock of its subsidiary, Citizens and Farmers Bank (the 
Bank), which is an independent commercial bank chartered under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia.  The 
Bank  and  its  subsidiaries  offer  a  wide  range  of  banking  and  related  financial  services  to  both  individuals  and 
businesses.   

The Bank has five wholly-owned subsidiaries:  C&F Mortgage Corporation and Subsidiaries (C&F Mortgage), C&F 
Finance  Company  (C&F  Finance),  C&F  Title  Agency,  Inc.,  C&F  Investment  Services,  Inc.  and  C&F  Insurance 
Services,  Inc.,  all  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Virginia.    C&F  Mortgage,  organized  in 
September  1995,  was  formed  to  originate  and  sell  residential  mortgages  and  through  its  subsidiaries,  Hometown 
Settlement  Services  LLC,  Certified  Appraisals  LLC,  Foundation  Home  Mortgage  and  C&F  Reinsurance  LTD, 
provides  ancillary  mortgage  loan  production  services,  such  as  loan  settlements,  title  searches  and  residential 
appraisals.  C&F Finance, acquired on September 1, 2002, is a regional finance company providing automobile loans 
principally  in  Virginia,  Tennessee,  Maryland,  North  Carolina,  Ohio,  Kentucky  and  West  Virginia.    C&F  Title 
Agency, Inc., organized in October 1992, primarily sells title insurance to the mortgage loan customers of the Bank 
and C&F Mortgage.  C&F Investment Services, Inc., organized in April 1995, is a full-service brokerage firm offering 
a comprehensive range of investment services.  C&F Insurance Services, Inc., organized in July 1999, owns an equity 
interest  in  an  insurance  agency  that  sells  insurance  products  to  customers  of  the  Bank,  C&F  Mortgage  and  other 
financial institutions that have an equity interest in the agency.  Business segment data is presented in Note 16. 

Use  of  Estimates:  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the 
financial  statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.    Actual 
results could differ from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in 
the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the projected benefit obligation under the 
defined benefit pension plan, the valuation of deferred taxes and goodwill impairment. 

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk:  Substantially all of the Corporation’s lending activities are with 
customers  located  in  Virginia,  Maryland  and  portions  of  Tennessee.    Note  3  discusses  the  Corporation’s  lending 
activities.    The  Corporation  invests  in  a  variety  of  securities,  principally  obligations  of  U.S.  government  agencies 
and  obligations  of  states  and  political  subdivisions.    Note  2 presents the Corporation’s investment activities.  The 
Corporation does not have any significant concentrations in any one industry or to any one customer. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:  For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents 
include  cash,  balances  due  from  banks,  interest-bearing  deposits  in  banks  and  federal  funds  sold,  all  of  which 
mature within 90 days. 

Securities:  Investments  in  debt  and  equity  securities  with  readily  determinable  fair  values  are classified as either 
held  to  maturity,  available  for  sale,  or trading, based on management’s intent.  Currently all of the Corporation’s 
investment  securities  are  classified  as  available  for  sale.    Available  for  sale  securities  are  carried  at  estimated  fair 
value  with  the  corresponding  unrealized  gains  and  losses  excluded  from  earnings  and  reported  in  other 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
comprehensive income.  Gains or losses are recognized in earnings on the trade date using the amortized cost of the 
specific security sold. 

Loans Held for Sale: Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, determined in the 
aggregate.  Fair value considers commitment agreements with investors and prevailing market prices.  Substantially 
all loans originated by C&F Mortgage are held for sale to outside investors. 

Loans: The Corporation makes mortgage, commercial and consumer loans to customers.  Loans that management 
has  the  intent  and  ability  to  hold  for  the  foreseeable  future  or  until  maturity  or  pay-off  generally  are  reported  at 
their  unpaid  principal  balances  adjusted  for  charges-offs,  unearned  discounts,  any  deferred  fees  or  costs  on 
originated loans, and the allowance for loan losses.  Interest on loans is credited to operations based on the principal 
amount outstanding.  Unearned discounts on certain installment loans are recognized as income over the terms of 
the loans by a method that approximates the effective interest method.  Loan fees and origination costs are deferred 
and  the  net  amount  is  amortized  as  an  adjustment  of  the  related  loan’s  yield  using  the  level-yield  method.    The 
Corporation is amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the related loans. 

Loans are generally placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of principal or interest is 90 days or more past 
due, or earlier, if collection is uncertain based on an evaluation of the net realizable value of the collateral and the 
financial  strength  of  the  borrower.    Loans  greater  than  90  days  past  due  may  remain  on  accrual  status  if 
management  determines  it  has  adequate  collateral  to  cover  the  principal  and  interest.    For  those  loans  that  are 
carried on nonaccrual status, payments are first applied to principal outstanding. 

The  Corporation  considers  a  loan  impaired  when  it  is  probable  that  the  Corporation  will  be  unable  to  collect  all 
interest and principal payments as scheduled in the loan agreement.  A loan is not considered impaired during a 
period of delay in payment if the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due is expected.  Impairment is measured on 
a loan by loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows 
discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan is collateral dependent.  Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans are collectively evaluated for 
impairment.  Accordingly, the Corporation does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans 
for impairment disclosures.  Consistent with the Corporation’s method for nonaccrual loans, payments on impaired 
loans are first applied to principal outstanding. 

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established through charges to earnings in the form of 
a  provision  for  loan  losses.    Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  when  management 
believes  that  the  collectibility  of  the  principal  is  unlikely.    Subsequent  recoveries,  if  any,  are  credited  to  the 
allowance. 

The  allowance  represents  an  amount  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  will  be  adequate  to  absorb  any  losses  on 
existing loans that may become uncollectible.  Management’s judgment in determining the level of the allowance is 
based  on  evaluations  of  the  collectibility  of  loans  while  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as  changes  in  the 
nature  and  volume  of  the  loan  portfolio,  current  economic  conditions  which  may  affect  a  borrower’s  ability  to 
repay, overall portfolio quality and review of specific potential losses.  This evaluation is inherently subjective, as it 
requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. 

The  allowance  consists  of  specific  and  general  components.    The  specific  component  relates  to  loans  that  are 
classified as loss, doubtful, substandard or special mention.  For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an 
allowance  is  established  when  the  discounted  cash  flows  (or  collateral  value  or  observable  market  price)  of  the 
impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  The general component covers non-classified loans and 
is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. 

Off-Balance-Sheet Credit Related Financial Instruments:  In the ordinary course of business, the Corporation has 
entered  into commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  Such financial instruments are recorded 
when they are funded. 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rate  Lock  Commitments:    The  Corporation  enters  into  commitments  to  originate  residential  mortgage  loans 
whereby  the  interest  rate  on  the  loan  is  determined prior to funding (i.e., rate lock commitments).  The period of 
time between issuance of a loan commitment and closing and sale of the loan generally ranges from 15 to 90 days.  
The Corporation protects itself from changes in interest rates by entering into loan purchase agreements with third 
party  investors  that  provide  for  the  investor  to  purchase  loans  at  the  same  terms  (including  interest  rate)  as 
committed to the borrower.  Under the contractual relationship with the purchaser of each loan, the Corporation is 
obligated to sell the loan to the purchaser only if the loan closes.  No other obligation exists.  As a result of these 
contractual relationships with purchasers of loans, the Corporation is not exposed to losses nor will it realize gains 
related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. 

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is carried at cost.  No ready market exists 
for this stock and it has no quoted market value.  For presentation purposes, such stock is assumed to have a market 
value  that  is  equal  to  cost.  In addition, such stock is not considered a debt or equity security in accordance with 
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity 
Securities. 

Other Real Estate Owned: Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially 
recorded  at  fair  value  less  cost  to  sell  at  the  date  of  foreclosure,  establishing  a  new  cost  basis.    Subsequent  to 
foreclosure,  management  periodically  performs  valuations  and  the  assets  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  carrying 
amount  or  fair  value  less  cost  to  sell.    Revenue  and  expenses  from  operations  and  changes  in  the  valuation 
allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets. 

Corporate  Premises  and  Equipment:  Land  is  carried  at  cost.    Buildings  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  less 
accumulated  depreciation  computed  using  a  straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets.  
Estimated  useful  lives  range  from  ten  to  forty  years  for  buildings  and  from  three  to  ten  years  for  equipment, 
furniture and fixtures.  Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred and major improvements are 
capitalized.  Upon sale or retirement of depreciable properties, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are 
netted against proceeds and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income.  

Goodwill:  The  Corporation  adopted  SFAS  No.  142,  Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets,  effective  January 1, 2002.  
Accordingly, goodwill is no longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life, but is subject to at least an 
annual  assessment  for  impairment  by  applying  a  fair  value  based  test.    Additionally,  under  SFAS  142,  acquired 
intangible assets (such as core deposit intangibles) are separately recognized if the benefit of the asset can be sold, 
transferred,  licensed,  rented  or  exchanged,  and  are  amortized  over  their  useful  life.    The  Corporation’s  goodwill 
was recognized in connection with the Bank’s acquisition of C&F Finance in September 2002.  The annual test for 
impairment was completed during the fourth quarter of 2007 and it was determined there was no impairment to be 
recognized in 2007. 

Sale  of  Loans:    Transfers  of  loans  are  accounted  for  as  sales  when  control  over  the  loans  has  been  surrendered.  
Control  over  transferred  loans  is  deemed  to  be  surrendered  when  (1)  the  loans  have  been  isolated  from  the 
Corporation, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that 
right) to pledge or exchange the transferred loans and (3) the Corporation does not maintain effective control over 
the transferred loans through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity. 

Income Taxes: The Corporation determines deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the liability (or balance 
sheet)  method.    Under  this  method,  the  net  deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  is  determined  annually  for  differences 
between  the  financial  statement  and  tax  bases  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  will  result  in  taxable  or  deductible 
amounts  in  the  future  based  on  enacted  tax  laws  and  rates  applicable  to  the  periods  in  which  the  differences are 
expected to affect taxable income.  Income tax expense is the tax payable or refundable for the period plus or minus 
the change during the period in deferred tax assets and liabilities. 

When tax returns are filed, it is highly certain that some positions taken would be sustained upon examination by 
the taxing authorities, while others are subject to uncertainty about the merits of the position taken or the amount of 
the  position  that  would  be  ultimately  sustained.    The  benefit  of  a  tax  position  is  recognized  in  the  financial 
statements in the period during which, based on all available evidence, management believes it is more likely than 
not that the position will be sustained upon examination, including the resolution of appeals or litigation processes, 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
if  any.    Tax  positions  taken  are  not  offset  or  aggregated  with  other  positions.    Tax  positions  that  meet  the  more-
likely-than-not recognition threshold are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent 
likely of being realized upon settlement with the applicable taxing authority.  The portion of the benefits associated 
with  tax  positions  taken  that  exceeds  the  amount  measured  as  described  above  is  reflected  as  a  liability  for 
unrecognized tax benefits in the accompanying balance sheet along with any associated interest and penalties that 
would be payable to the taxing authorities upon examination.  Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized 
tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the statement of income. 

Retirement  Plan:    The  compensation  cost  of  an  employee’s  pension  benefit  under  the  Bank’s  defined  benefit 
pension  plan  is  recognized  on  the  projected  unit  credit  method  over  the  employee’s  approximate  service  period.  
The aggregate cost method is utilized for funding purposes. 

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting 
for  Defined  Benefit  Pension  and  Other  Postretirement  Plans  –  an  amendment  of  FASB  Statements  No.  87,  88,  106,  and 
132(R).      SFAS  158  requires  an  employer  to  recognize  the  overfunded  or  underfunded  status  of  a defined benefit 
postretirement  plan  as  an  asset  or  liability  in  its  statement  of  financial  position  and  to  recognize  changes  in  that 
funded  status  in  the  year  in  which  the  changes  occur  through  comprehensive  income.    The  funded  status  of  a 
benefit plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation.  For a pension 
plan, the benefit obligation is the projected benefit obligation.  SFAS 158 also requires an employer to measure the 
funded  status  of  a  plan  as  of  the  date  of  its  year-end  statement  of  financial  position.    SFAS  158  also  requires 
additional  disclosure  in  the  notes  to  financial  statements  about  certain  effects  on  net  periodic  benefit  cost  for  the 
next fiscal year that arise from delayed recognition of the gains or losses, prior service costs or credits, and transition 
asset  or  obligation.    The  Corporation  was  required  to  initially  recognize  the  funded  status  of  a  defined  benefit 
postretirement plan and to provide the required disclosures as of the end of the fiscal year ending after December 
15, 2006.  The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of the date of the employers’ fiscal year-
end statement of financial position is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. 

The Bank has a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan, which is subject to the provisions of SFAS 158.  In 
connection  with  the  implementation  of  SFAS  158  in  2006,  the  Corporation  recognized  a  $644,000  loss  as  a 
component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income.    A  valuation  of  the  Bank’s  plan  was  performed  as  of 
October 1, 2007 and it was determined that the plan was underfunded.  As a result, the Corporation has recognized 
a  pension  liability  of  $269,000  at  December  31,  2007  and  has  recognized  a  $301,000  gain  as  a  component  of other 
comprehensive income. 

Share-Based  Compensation:    At  December  31,  2007,  the  Corporation  has  three  share-based  compensation  plans, 
which  are  described  more  fully  in  Note  12.    Effective  January  1,  2006,  the  Corporation  adopted  the  provisions  of 
SFAS  No.  123(R),  Share-Based  Payment,  which  requires  that  the  Corporation  recognize  expense  related  to  the  fair 
value of share-based compensation awards in net income. 

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Corporation accounted for its share-based compensation plans under the recognition 
and  measurement  principles  of  APB  Opinion  No.  25,  Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees,  and  related 
Interpretations.    Accordingly,  share-based  compensation  expense  was  not  recognized  in  net  income  because  all 
options granted under these plans had an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying common 
stock on the date of grant.  However, notes to prior financial statements included pro forma disclosures of the effect 
on net income and earnings per share as if the Corporation had applied the fair value recognition provision of SFAS 
No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to share-based compensation.  The following table presents the pro 
forma disclosures for the year ended December 31, 2005. 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Net income, as reported 
Total stock-based compensation expense determined 
under fair value based method for all awards 

Pro forma net income 
Earnings per share: 

Basic – as reported 
Basic – pro forma 
Diluted – as reported 
Diluted – pro forma 

Year Ended 
December 31, 2005 

$11,788 

(2,305) 
$  9,483 

$  3.49 
$  2.81 
$  3.36 
$  2.70 

The Corporation elected to follow the modified prospective transition method allowed by SFAS 123(R).  Under the 
modified prospective transition method, compensation expense is recognized prospectively for all unvested options 
outstanding at January 1, 2006 and for all awards modified or granted after that date.  On December 20, 2005, the 
Corporation accelerated the vesting of all unvested stock options outstanding under the Corporation’s three share-
based compensation plans.  The board of directors accelerated the vesting of these options in order to eliminate the 
Corporation’s recognition of compensation expense associated with these options under the SFAS 123(R) modified 
prospective transition method.  Because there were no unvested options outstanding at January 1, 2006, no share-
based compensation expense has been recognized in 2007 and 2006 for options granted prior to January 1, 2006. 

Compensation  expense  for  grants  of  restricted  shares  is  accounted  for  using  the  fair  market  value  of  the 
Corporation’s  common  stock  on  the  date  the  restricted  shares  are  awarded.    Compensation  expense  for  grants  of 
stock options is accounted for using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  Compensation expense for restricted 
shares and stock options is charged to income ratably over the vesting period.  Compensation expense for the years 
ended  December  31,  2007  and  2006  included  $299,000  ($186,000  after  tax)  and  $97,000  ($60,000  after  tax), 
respectively,  for  options  and  restricted  stock  granted  during  2007  and  2006.    As  of  December  31,  2007,  there was 
$1.30 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options and restricted stock that will 
be  recognized  over  the  remaining  vesting  periods.    SFAS  123(R)  requires  the  Corporation  to  estimate  forfeitures 
when recognizing compensation expense and that this estimate of forfeitures be adjusted over the requisite service 
period or vesting schedule based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ from such estimates.  Changes in 
estimated forfeitures in future periods, if any, will be recognized through a cumulative catch-up adjustment in the 
period of change, which will impact the amount of estimated unamortized compensation expense to be recognized 
in future periods. 

Earnings  Per  Common  Share:  Basic  earnings  per  share  represents  income  available  to  common  shareholders 
divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per 
share  reflects  additional  common  shares  that  would have been outstanding  if potentially-dilutive common shares 
had  been  issued,  as  well  as  any  adjustment  to  income  that  would  result  from  the  assumed  issuance.    Potential 
common shares that may be issued by the Corporation relate to outstanding stock options and unvested restricted 
shares and are determined using the treasury stock method.  Earnings per share calculations are presented in Note 
8. 

Comprehensive  Income:  Accounting  principles  generally  require  that  recognized  revenue,  expenses,  gains  and 
losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and 
losses  on  available  for  sale  securities  and  changes  in  defined  benefit  plan  assets  and  liabilities,  are  reported  as  a 
separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of 
comprehensive  income.    These  components  are  presented  in  the  Corporation’s  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Shareholders’ Equity. 

Shareholders’  Equity:    During  2007,  the  Corporation  purchased  54,800  shares  of  its  common  stock  in  negotiated 
and  open-market  transactions  at  prices  ranging  between  $32.50  and  $43.20  in  accordance  with  a  board-approved 
stock  purchase  program  that  will  expire  in  July  2008.    Purchases  of  149,720  shares  at  prices  between  $37.25  and 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$45.07 per share were made in accordance with a board-approved stock purchase program, which was terminated 
in July 2007. 

During 2006, the Corporation purchased 13,257 shares of its common stock in open-market transactions.  Purchases 
of 135 shares at prices between $39.50 and $39.99 per share were made in accordance with a board-approved stock 
purchase  program,  which  was  terminated  in  July  2007.    Purchases  of  13,122  shares  at  prices  between  $37.75  and 
$40.00  per  share  were  made  in  accordance  with  a  board-approved  stock  purchase  program,  which  expired  in 
November 2006. 

On July 27, 2005, the Corporation completed a tender offer and purchased 427,186 shares of its common stock at $41 
per share.  The total cost of the share purchase, including transaction costs, approximated $17.64 million.  Refer to 
Note 7 for a discussion of the issuance of trust preferred capital securities and the Corporation’s related issuance of 
trust  preferred  capital  notes  to  partially  fund  this  purchase.    In  December  2005,  the  Corporation  purchased  100 
shares in an open-market transaction at $37.27 per share under the previously-mentioned stock purchase program, 
which expired in November 2006. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:  In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements.   
SFAS  157  defines  fair  value,  establishes  a  framework  for  measuring  fair  value  in  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value 
measurements,  but  rather,  provides  enhanced  guidance  to  other  pronouncements  that  require  or  permit  assets  or 
liabilities  to  be  measured  at  fair  value.    SFAS  157  is  effective  for  financial  statements  issued  for  fiscal  years 
beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those years.  The FASB approved a one-year deferral 
for  the  implementation  of  SFAS  157  for  nonfinancial  assets  and  nonfinancial  liabilities  that  are  recognized  or 
disclosed  at  fair  value  in  the  financial  statements  on  a  nonrecurring  basis.    The  Corporation  does  not  expect  the 
implementation of SFAS 157 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.  

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159,  The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.  
SFAS  159  permits  entities  to  choose  to  measure  many  financial  instruments  and  certain  other  items  at  fair  value.  
The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate 
volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply 
complex hedge accounting provisions.  The fair value option established by SFAS 159 permits all entities to choose 
to measure eligible items at fair value at specified election dates.  A business entity shall report unrealized gains and 
losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected in earnings at each subsequent reporting date.  The 
fair  value  option  may  be  applied  instrument  by  instrument  and  is  irrevocable.    SFAS  159  is  effective  as  of  the 
beginning  of  an  entity’s  first  fiscal  year  that  begins  after  November  15,  2007.    The  Corporation  is  currently 
evaluating the effect SFAS 159 may have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), Business Combinations.  SFAS 141(R) will significantly change 
the financial accounting and reporting of business combination transactions.  SFAS 141(R) establishes principles for 
how  an  acquirer  recognizes  and  measures  the  identifiable  assets  acquired,  liabilities  assumed,  and  any 
noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in the business combination 
or  a  gain  from  a  bargain  purchase;  and  determines  what  information  to  disclose  to  enable  users  of  the  financial 
statements  to  evaluate  the  nature  and  financial  effects  of  the  business  combination.    SFAS  141(R)  is  effective  for 
acquisition  dates  on  or  after  the  beginning  of  an  entity’s  first  year  that  begins  after  December  15,  2008.    The 
Corporation  does  not  expect  the  implementation  of  SFAS  141(R)  to  have  a  material  effect  on  its  consolidated 
financial statements. 

In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  160,  Noncontrolling  Interests  in  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  an 
Amendment  of  ARB  No.  51.    SFAS  160  will  significantly  change  the  financial  accounting  and  reporting  of 
noncontrolling (or minority) interests in consolidated financial statements.  SFAS 160 is effective as of the beginning 
of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008, with early adoption permitted.  The Corporation 
does not expect the implementation of SFAS 160 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) issued EITF 06-4, Accounting for Deferred Compensation and 
Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements.  EITF 06-4 concludes that for a 
split-dollar life insurance arrangement within the scope of this Issue, an employer should recognize a liability for 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
future benefits in accordance with SFAS 106 (if, in substance, a postretirement benefit plan exists) or APB Opinion 
No. 12 (if the arrangement is, in substance, an individual deferred compensation contract) based on the substantive 
agreement with the employee.  The consensus is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007, with 
early application permitted.  The Corporation does not expect the implementation of EITF 06-4 to have a material 
effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  November  2006,  the  EITF  issued  EITF  06-10,  Accounting  for  Collateral  Assignment  Split-Dollar  Life  Insurance 
Arrangements.    EITF  06-10  concludes  that  an  employer  should  recognize  a  liability  for  the  postretirement  benefit 
related to a collateral assignment split-dollar life insurance arrangement in accordance with either SFAS 106 or APB 
Opinion No. 12, as appropriate, if the employer has agreed to maintain a life insurance policy during the employee's 
retirement or provide the employee with a death benefit based on the substantive agreement with the employee.  A 
consensus  also  was  reached  that  an  employer  should  recognize  and  measure  an  asset  based  on  the  nature  and 
substance  of  the  collateral  assignment  split-dollar  life  insurance  arrangement.    The  consensuses  are  effective  for 
fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2007,  including  interim  periods  within  those  fiscal  years,  with  early 
application permitted.  The Corporation does not expect the implementation of EITF 06-10 to have a material effect 
on its consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2007, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 158-1, Conforming Amendments to the Illustrations in FASB Statements 
No.  87,  No.  88  and  No.  106  and  to  the  Related  Staff  Implementation  Guides.    FSP  No.  FAS  158-1  provides conforming 
amendments to the illustrations in SFAS 87, 88, and 106 and to related staff implementation guides as a result of the 
issuance of SFAS 158.  The conforming amendments made by this FSP are effective as of the effective dates of SFAS 
158.  The unaffected guidance that this FSP codifies into SFAS 87, 88, and 106 does not contain new requirements 
and therefore does not require a separate effective date or transition method.  The Corporation does not expect the 
implementation of FSP No. FAS 158-1 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In November 2007, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 109, 
Written Loan Commitments Recorded at Fair Value Through Earnings. SAB 109 expresses the current view of the staff 
that  the  expected  net  future  cash  flows  related  to  the  associated  servicing  of  the  loan  should  be  included  in  the 
measurement of all written loan commitments that are accounted for at fair value through earnings.  SEC registrants 
are  expected  to  apply  the views in Question 1 of SAB 109 on a prospective basis to derivative loan commitments 
issued  or  modified  in  fiscal  quarters  beginning  after  December  15,  2007.    The  Corporation  does  not  expect  the 
implementation of SAB 109 to have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  December  2007,  the  SEC  issued  SAB  No.  110,  Use  of  a  Simplified  Method  in  Developing  Expected  Term  of  Share 
Options.      SAB  110  expresses  the  current  view  of  the  staff  that  it  will  accept  a  company’s  election  to  use  the 
simplified method discussed in SAB 107 for estimating the expected term of “plain vanilla” share options regardless 
of  whether  the  company  has  sufficient  information  to  make  more  refined  estimates.    The  staff  noted  that  it 
understands that detailed information about employee exercise patterns may not be widely available by December 
31,  2007.    Accordingly,  the  staff  will  continue  to  accept,  under  certain  circumstances,  the  use  of  the  simplified 
method  beyond  December  31,  2007.    The  Corporation  does  not  expect  the  implementation  of  SAB  110  to  have  a 
material effect on its consolidated financial statements. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 2: Securities 

Debt and equity securities are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Preferred stock 

Amortized 
Cost 
$  7,446    
1,776    
67,209    
3,994    
$80,425    

December 31, 2007 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses  

  Gross 
  Unrealized 
  Gains 
$      36     
11     
1,032     
204     
$1,283     

    Estimated 
    Fair Value 
 $  7,467     
1,771     
68,150     
3,867     
$81,255     

$ (15)       
(16)       
(91)       
(331)       
$(453)       

(Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale 
U.S. government agencies and corporations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Preferred stock 

December 31, 2006 
Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses  

  Gross 
  Unrealized 
  Gains 

$       3     
6     
1,165     
219     
$1,393     

$ (94)       
(34)       
(59)       
(29)       
$(216)       

Amortized 
Cost 
$  6,313    
2,236    
53,921    
3,937    
$66,407    

    Estimated 
    Fair Value 
 $  6,222     
2,208     
55,027     
4,127     
$67,584     

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2007, by contractual maturity, are shown 
below.  Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay 
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Available for Sale 
Due in one year or less 
Due after one year through five years 
Due after five years through ten years 
Due after ten years 
Preferred stock 

    December 31, 2007     

 Amortized 
 Cost 
$  4,408    
22,215    
31,140    
18,668    
3,994    
$ 80,425    

     Estimated 
     Fair Value 
$  4,413     
22,497     
31,636     
18,842     
3,867     
$ 81,255     

Proceeds from the maturities and calls of securities available for sale in 2007 were $6.19 million, resulting in gross 
realized gains of $21,000.  Securities with an aggregate amortized cost of $34.37 million and an aggregate fair value 
of $35.00 million were pledged at December 31, 2007 to secure public deposits, Federal Reserve Bank treasury, tax 
and loan deposits and repurchase agreements. 

Proceeds from the maturities and calls of securities available for sale in 2006 were $7.67 million, resulting in gross 
realized gains of $105,000.  Securities with an aggregate amortized cost of $40.47 million and an aggregate fair value 
of $41.27 million were pledged at December 31, 2006 to secure public deposits, Federal Reserve Bank treasury, tax 
and loan deposits and repurchase agreements. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2007, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are 
shown below. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies 

and corporations 

Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and 
political subdivisions 
Subtotal-debt securities 
Preferred stock 
Total temporarily impaired 

Less Than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

 $      --  
         --  

   11,323 
   11,323 
       988 

    $   -- 
         -- 

       67 
       67 
     218 

 $ 1,235 
       790 

    2,334 
    4,359 
       482 

 $  15 
     16 

     24 
     55 
   113 

 $  1,235 
        790 

   13,657 
   15,682 
     1,470 

$  15 
    16 

    91 
  122 
   331 

securities 

$12,311 

   $285 

 $ 4,841 

 $168 

$17,152 

$453 

The primary cause of the temporary impairments in the Corporation’s investment in debt securities was attributable 
to fluctuations in interest rates.  There are 44 debt securities totaling $15.68 million and five equity securities totaling 
$1.47 million considered temporarily impaired at December 31, 2007.  Because the Corporation has the ability and 
intent  to  hold  these  investments  until  a  recovery  of  fair  value,  which  may  be  maturity,  the  Corporation  does  not 
consider  these  investments  to  be  other-than-temporarily  impaired  at  December  31,  2007  and  no  impairment  has 
been recognized. 

Securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2006, by duration of the period of the unrealized loss, are 
shown  below.    No  impairment  has  been  recognized  on  any  of  the  securities  in  a  loss  position  because  of 
management’s intent and demonstrated ability to hold securities to scheduled maturity or call dates. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

U.S. government agencies 

and corporations 

Mortgage-backed securities 
Obligations of states and 
political subdivisions 
Subtotal-debt securities 
Preferred stock 
Total temporarily impaired 

Less Than 12 Months 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

12 Months or More 
Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

Total 

Fair 
Value 

Unrealized 
Loss 

 $   476 
   1,246 

   2,284 
   4,006 
      585 

  $   2 
     33 

     10 
     45 
     10 

 $   4,654 
         427 

      4,530 
      9,611 
      1,178 

 $   92 
        1 

      49 
    142 
      19 

 $  5,130 
    1,673 

    6,814 
  13,617 
    1,763 

$  94 
    34 

    59 
  187 
    29 

$216 

securities 

$4,591 

   $55 

 $10,789 

 $161 

$15,380 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 3: Loans 

Major classifications of loans are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Real estate—mortgage 
Real estate—construction 
Commercial, financial and agricultural 
Equity lines 
Consumer 
Consumer finance 

Less unearned loan fees 

Less allowance for loan losses 

                       December 31,           

          2007 

          2006 

$123,239    
26,719    
257,951    
25,282    
8,991    
160,196    
602,378    
(534)   
 601,844    
(15,963)   
$585,881    

$115,885    
13,650    
236,157    
24,880    
8,951    
132,864    
532,387    
(328)   
 532,059    
(14,216)   
$517,843    

Consumer  loans  included  $231,000  and  $373,000  of  demand  deposit  overdrafts  at  December  31,  2007  and  2006, 
respectively.    Loans  on  nonaccrual  status  were  $2.62  million  and  $1.84  million  at  December  31,  2007  and  2006, 
respectively.    If  interest  income  had  been  recognized  on  nonaccrual  loans  at  their  stated  rates  during  fiscal  years 
2007,  2006  and  2005,  interest  income  would  have  increased  by  approximately  $56,000,  $70,000  and  $270,000, 
respectively.  Accruing loans past due for 90 days or more were $578,000 and $1.64 million at December 31, 2007 
and 2006, respectively.  The balance of impaired loans was $291,000 and $781,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, 
respectively, for which no specific valuation allowance was deemed necessary.  The average balances of impaired 
loans for 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $557,000, $2.24 million and $4.22 million, respectively. 

NOTE 4: Allowance for Loan Losses  

Changes in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Balance at the beginning of year 
Provision charged to operations 
Loans charged off 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off 
Balance at the end of year 

                    Year Ended December 31,        
          2006 

          2005 

          2007 

$14,216 
7,130 
(7,300)
1,917 
$15,963 

$13,064  
4,625  
(5,093) 
1,620  
$14,216  

$11,144  
5,520  
(4,985) 
1,385  
$13,064  

NOTE 5: Corporate Premises and Equipment  

Major classifications of corporate premises and equipment are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Land 
Buildings 
Equipment, furniture and fixtures 

Less accumulated depreciation 

                  December 31,        

         2007 

         2006 

$   6,734  
 26,321  
20,153  
53,208  
(20,354) 
$32,854  

$   6,776   
 25,642   
18,641   
51,059   
(17,870)  
$33,189   

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6: Time Deposits  

Time deposits are summarized as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Certificates of deposit, $100 or more 
Other time deposits 

                     December 31,          

            2007 

            2006 

$  97,006 
165,943
$262,949

$  95,180 
158,945
$254,125

Remaining maturities on time deposits at December 31, 2007 are as follows (dollars in thousands):  

2008 
2009 
2010  
2011  
2012 
Thereafter 

$211,022
38,407
9,284
2,321
1,636
279
$262,949

Time deposits at December 31, 2007 included $3.00 million of brokered deposits, which mature in 2008. 

NOTE 7: Borrowings  

Short-term borrowings include securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are secured transactions with 
customers  and  generally  mature  the  day  following  the  day  sold.    Balances  outstanding  under  repurchase 
agreements  were  $2.57  million  on  December  31,  2007  and  $5.46  million  on  December  31,  2006.    Short-term 
borrowings  also  include  a  $14.0  million  federal  funds  line  with  a  regional  correspondent  bank,  which  had  no 
outstanding balance on December 31, 2007 and 2006.  Short-term borrowings also include a variable-rate, unsecured 
line of credit with a third-party lender that matures in June 2008.  There was no outstanding balance under this line 
of credit on December 31, 2007.  The balance outstanding under this line of credit was $7.00 million on December 31, 
2006.  Short-term borrowings also include advances from the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket floating lien on 
all qualifying real estate loans.  There was $19.40 million of short-term FHLB advances outstanding on December 
31, 2007.  There were no short-term advances from the FHLB outstanding on December 31, 2006. 

The table below presents selected information on short-term borrowings:  

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance outstanding at year end 
Maximum balance at any month end during the year 
Average balance for the year 
Weighted average rate for the year 
Weighted average rate on borrowings at year end 
Estimated fair value at year end 

                      December 31,           

               2007 

        2006 

$21,968    
$78,735    
$26,395    
4.83%
4.15%
$21,968    

$12,462    
$42,165    
$25,236    
4.80%
4.56%
$12,462    

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2007 consist of advances under a non-recourse revolving bank line of credit 
secured by loans at C&F Finance and advances from the FHLB, which are secured by a blanket floating lien on all 
qualifying real estate loans.  The interest rate on the revolving bank line of credit, which matures in 2010, floats at 
the one-month LIBOR rate plus 175 basis points, and the outstanding balance as of December 31, 2007 was $85.96 
million.  C&F Finance’s revolving bank line of credit agreement contains covenants regarding C&F Finance’s capital 
adequacy,  credit  quality,  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  interest  expense  coverage.    C&F  Finance 
satisfied all such covenants during 2007.  Long-term advances from the FHLB at December 31, 2007 consist of $47.50 
million of convertible advances.  These advances have fixed rates of interest unless the FHLB exercises its option to 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
convert  the  interest  on  these  advances  from  fixed  rate  to  variable  rate.    The  table  below  presents  selected 
information on these advances: 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Balance Outstanding at December 31, 2007 
$5,000 
$5,000 
$7,500 
$5,000 
$7,500 
$7,500 
$5,000 
$5,000 

Interest Rate 

Maturity Date 

3.90%       
4.08          
4.15          
 3.95          
3.69          
3.70          
4.06          
2.93          

8/30/12         
8/30/12         
10/19/12         
11/17/14         
11/28/14         
10/19/17         
10/25/17         
11/27/17         

Initial 
Conversion 
Option Date 
2/29/08     
8/29/08     
10/19/09     
11/17/10     
11/29/10     
10/20/08     
10/25/11     
2/27/08     

The contractual maturities of long-term borrowings, excluding conversion provisions, at December 31, 2007 are as 
follows: 

(Dollars in thousands) 
2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
Thereafter 

       Fixed Rate 

$        --     
--     
--     
--     
17,500     
30,000     
$47,500     

      Floating Rate 
$        --     
--     
85,959     
--     
--     
 --     
$85,959    

      Total 

$         --   
--   
85,959  
--  
17,500  
30,000  
$133,459  

The Corporation’s unused lines of credit for future borrowings total approximately $92.71 million at December 31, 
2007, which consists of $57.67 million available from the FHLB, $14.04 million on C&F Finance’s revolving bank line 
of credit, $14.00 million under a federal funds agreement with a third party financial institution and $7.00 million 
under a line of credit with a third-party lender. 

In  December  2007,  C&F  Financial  Statutory  Trust  II  (Trust  II),  a  wholly-owned  non-operating  subsidiary  of  the 
Corporation, was formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities for general corporate purposes 
including the refinancing of existing debt.  On December 14, 2007, Trust II issued $10.00 million of trust preferred 
capital  securities  in  a  private  placement  to  an  institutional  investor  and  $310,000  in  common  equity  to  the 
Corporation  in  exchange  for  cash.    The  securities  mature  in  December  2037,  are  redeemable  at  the  Corporation’s 
option beginning after five years, and require quarterly distributions by Trust II to the holder of the securities at a 
fixed rate of 7.73% as to $5.00 million of the securities and at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.15% 
as  to  the  remaining  $5.00  million,  which  rate  was  8.21%  at  December  31,  2007.    The  fixed  rate  portion  of  the 
securities converts to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 3.15% in December 2012.  The principal asset of Trust II is 
$10.31  million  of  the  Corporation’s  trust  preferred  capital  notes  with  like  maturities  and  like  interest  rates  to  the 
trust preferred capital securities.  The interest payments by the Corporation on the debt securities will be used by 
Trust II to pay the quarterly distributions payable by Trust II to the holders of the trust preferred capital securities. 

In July 2005, C&F Financial Statutory Trust I (Trust I), a wholly-owned non-operating subsidiary of the Corporation, 
was formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred capital securities to partially fund the Corporation’s purchase 
of  427,186  shares  of  its  common  stock.    On  July  21,  2005,  Trust  I  issued  $10.00  million  of  trust  preferred  capital 
securities in a private placement to an institutional investor and $310,000 in common equity to the Corporation in 
exchange for cash.  The securities mature in September 2035, are redeemable at the Corporation’s option beginning 
after five years, and require quarterly distributions by Trust I to the holder of the securities at a fixed rate of 6.07% 
as to $5.00 million of the securities and at a rate equal to the three-month LIBOR rate plus 1.57% as to the remaining 
$5.00 million, which rate was 6.56% at December 31, 2007.  The fixed rate portion of the securities converts to the 
three-month  LIBOR  rate  plus  1.57%  in  September  2010.    The  principal  asset  of  Trust  I  is  $10.31  million  of  the 
Corporation’s trust preferred capital notes with like maturities and like interest rates to the trust preferred capital 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
securities.    The  interest  payments  by  the  Corporation  on  the  debt  securities  will  be  used  by  Trust  I  to  pay  the 
quarterly distributions payable by Trust I to the holders of the trust preferred capital securities. 

Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Corporation may elect from time to time to defer interest payments 
on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral of distribution payments on the related 
capital securities. 

NOTE 8: Earnings Per Share  

The  Corporation  calculates  its  basic  and  diluted  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  128, 
Earnings Per Share.  The components of the Corporation’s EPS calculations are as follows: 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Net income available to common shareholders 
Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per 
  common share—basic 
Effect of dilutive securities: 
  Share-based  awards 
Weighted average number of common shares used in earnings per 
  common share—assuming dilution 

                        December 31,                     
       2006 

       2005 

       2007 

$8,480 

$12,129

$11,788 

3,039,240 

3,151,860

3,375,153 

121,783 

121,569

132,759 

3,161,023 

3,273,429

3,507,912 

Options on approximately 98,000, 133,000 and 157,000 shares were not included in computing diluted earnings per 
common share for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, because they were anti-dilutive. 

NOTE 9: Income Taxes  

Principal components of income tax expense as reflected in the consolidated statements of income are as follows:  

                    Year Ended December 31,         
             2007 
           2006 
$ 4,456 
(1,112)
$ 3,344 

$ 6,296  
(1,115) 
$ 5,181  

$6,400  
(970) 
$5,430  

           2005 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Current taxes 
Deferred taxes 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The income tax provision is less than would be obtained by application of the statutory federal corporate tax rate to 
pre-tax accounting income as a result of the following items:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Income tax computed at federal statutory rates 
Tax effect of exclusion of interest income on 
  obligations of states and political subdivisions 
Reduction of interest expense incurred to carry tax- 
  exempt assets 
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 
Tax effect of dividends-received deduction on 
  preferred stock 
Tax credits 
Other 

                                      Year Ended December 31,                                   
Percent 
of 
Pre-tax 
Income  
35.0%

Percent 
of 
Pre-tax 
Income  
35.0% 

Percent 
of 
Pre-tax 
Income  
35.0%

         2005 

       2007 

       2006 

$5,939  

$6,146 

$4,139 

(913)

(7.7)   

(876)

(5.0)  

(888) 

(5.2)  

115 
248 

1.0    
2.1    

(72)
(101)
(72)
$3,344 

(0.6)   
(0.9)   
(0.6)   
28.3% 

84 
302 

(48)
(98)
(80)
$5,430 

0.5   
1.7   

(0.3)  
(0.6)  
(0.4)  
30.9%

59  
339  

0.3   
2.0   

(75) 
(74) 
(119) 
$5,181  

(0.5)  
(0.4)  
(0.7)  
30.5%

Other  assets  include  net deferred income taxes of $6.64 million and $5.57 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, 
respectively.  The tax effects of each type of significant item that gave rise to deferred taxes are:  

(Dollars in thousands)   

Deferred tax asset 
  Allowance for loan losses 
  Deferred compensation 
  Defined benefit plan 
  Share-based compensation 

Interest on nonaccrual loans 

  Other 

  Deferred tax asset 

Deferred tax liability 
  Depreciation 
  Goodwill and other intangible assets 
  Other 
  Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale 

  Deferred tax liability 
  Net deferred tax asset 

                     December 31,        
              2006 

              2007 

$6,043 
1,476 
94 
155 
10 
480 
8,258 

(39)
(1,260)
(27)
(291)
(1,617)
$6,641 

$5,409 
1,367 
-- 
38 
28 
234 
7,076 

(63)
(952)
(79)
(412)
(1,506)
$5,570 

The Corporation files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and several states.  With few exceptions, the 
Corporation is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years 
prior  to  2004.    The  Corporation  adopted  the  provisions  of  FIN  48,  Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,  on 
January 1, 2007 with no effect on the financial statements. 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 10: Employee Benefit Plans  

The Bank maintains a Defined Contribution Profit-Sharing Plan (the Profit-Sharing Plan) sponsored by the Virginia 
Bankers  Association.    The  Profit-Sharing  Plan  includes  a  401(k)  savings  provision  that  authorizes  a  maximum 
voluntary  salary  deferral  of  up  to  95%  of  compensation  (with  a  partial  company  match),  subject  to  statutory 
limitations.  The Profit-Sharing Plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account of each eligible 
employee based in part on the Bank’s profitability for a given year and on each participant’s yearly earnings.  All 
salaried employees who have attained the age of eighteen and have at least three months of service are eligible to 
participate.    Contributions  and  earnings  may  be  invested  in  various  investment  vehicles  offered  through  the 
Virginia  Bankers  Association.    An  employee  is  20%  vested  in  the  Bank’s  contributions  after  two  years  of  service, 
40%  after  three  years,  60%  after  four  years,  80%  after  five  years  and  fully  vested  after  six  years.    The  amounts 
charged to expense under this plan were $420,000, $564,000 and $515,000 in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  

C&F Mortgage maintains a Defined Contribution 401(k) Savings Plan that authorizes a voluntary salary deferral of 
from  1%  to  100%  of  compensation  (with  a  discretionary  company  match),  subject  to  statutory  limitations.  
Substantially all employees who have attained the age of eighteen are eligible to participate on the first day of the 
next month following employment date.  The plan provides for an annual discretionary contribution to the account 
of each eligible employee based in part on C&F Mortgage’s profitability for a given year, and on each participant’s 
contributions to the plan.  Contributions may be invested in various investment funds offered under the plan.  An 
employee is vested 25% in the employer’s contributions after two years of service, 50% after three years, 75% after 
four  years,  and  fully  vested  after  five  years.    The  amounts  charged  to  expense  under  this  plan  were    $182,000, 
$211,000 and $101,000 for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

In  2005,  C&F  Finance  adopted  a  Defined  Contribution  Profit-Sharing  Plan  sponsored  by  the  Virginia  Bankers 
Association  with  plan  features  similar  to  the  Profit-Sharing  Plan  of  the  Bank.    The  amounts  charged  to  expense 
under this plan were $94,000, $99,000 and $86,000 in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

Individual  performance  bonuses  are  awarded  annually  to  certain  members  of  management  under  a  management 
incentive bonus policy adopted by the Bank effective January 1, 1987 and the Management Incentive Plan adopted 
by  the  Corporation  on  February  25,  2005.    The  Corporation’s  Compensation  Committee  recommends  to  the 
Corporation’s board of directors the bonuses to be paid to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer 
and the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation, and recommends to the Bank’s board of directors bonuses to be 
paid to certain other senior Bank officers.  In addition, the Chief Executive Officer recommends bonuses to be paid 
to  other  officers  of  the  Bank  and  C&F  Finance.    In  determining  the  awards,  performance,  including  the 
Corporation’s growth rate, returns on average assets and equity, and absolute levels of income are considered.  In 
addition, the Bank’s board considers the individual performance of the members of management who may receive 
awards.  The expense for these bonus awards is accrued in the year of performance.  Expenses under these plans 
were  $780,000,  $683,000  and  $586,000  in  2007,  2006  and  2005,  respectively.    In  accordance  with  employment 
agreements for certain senior officers of C&F Mortgage, performance bonuses of $811,000, $1.08 million and $1.46 
million were expensed in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  Performance used in determining the awards is directly 
related to the profitability of C&F Mortgage. 

The Corporation has a nonqualified defined contribution plan for certain executives.  The plan allows for elective 
salary and bonus deferrals.  The plan also allows for employer contributions to make up for limitations on covered 
compensation imposed by the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the Bank’s Profit Sharing Plan and to enhance 
retirement  benefits  by  providing  supplemental  contributions  from  time  to  time.    Expenses  under  this  plan  were 
$115,000,  $79,000  and  $62,000  in  2007,  2006  and  2005,  respectively.    Investments  for  this  plan  are  held  in  a Rabbi 
trust.  These investments are included in other assets and the related liability is included in other liabilities. 

The  Bank  has  a  non-contributory,  defined  benefit  pension  plan  for  full-time  employees  over  twenty-one  years  of 
age.    Benefits  are  generally  based  upon  years  of  service  and  average  compensation  for  the  five  highest-paid 
consecutive  years  of  service.    The  Bank  funds  pension  costs  in  accordance  with  the  funding  provisions  of  the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act.  The following table summarizes the projected benefit obligations, plan 
assets, funded status and rate assumptions associated with the Bank’s pension plan based upon actuarial valuations 
prepared as of October 1, 2007 and 2006. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)   

Plan Year Ended September 30,  

              2007 

              2006 

$6,029 
752 
345 
(460)
(228)
$6,438 

$6,438 
777 
384 
(190)
(326)
$7,083 

Change in benefit obligation 
  Projected benefit obligation, beginning 
  Service cost 
Interest cost 
  Actuarial loss 
  Benefits paid 
Projected benefit obligation, ending 
Change in plan assets 
  Fair value of plan assets, beginning 
  Actual return on plan assets 
  Employer contributions(1) 
  Benefits paid 
Fair value of plan assets, ending 
Funded status 
Amounts recognized as an other liability 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income 
  Net loss 
  Net obligation at transition 
  Prior service cost 
  Deferred taxes 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income 
Weighted-average assumptions for benefit obligation as of October 1 
  Discount rate 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Rate of compensation increase 
(1)  An employer contribution of $1.18 million was made in December 2006 and was based on amounts determined in conjunction with the 

$6,438 
702 
-- 
(326)
$6,814 
$ (269)
$ (269)

$   472 
(22)
78 
(185)
$   343 

6.3%
8.5   
4.0   

$5,084 
400 
1,182 
(228)
$6,438 
$      -- 
$      -- 

$   932 
(27)
85 
(346)
$   644 

6.0%
8.5   
4.0   

actuarial valuation prepared as of October 1, 2006. 

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  was  $4.60  million  and  $4.20  million  as  of  the  actuarial  valuation  dates  of 
October 1, 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

(Dollars in thousands)   

Components of net periodic benefit cost 
  Service cost 
Interest cost 

  Expected return on plan assets 
  Amortization of prior service cost 
  Amortization of net obligation at transition 
  Recognized net actuarial loss 
  Net periodic benefit cost 
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other 

comprehensive income 

  Net (gain) loss 
  Net obligation at transition 
  Amortization of net obligation at transition 
  Prior service cost 
  Amortization of prior service costs 
  Deferred taxes 
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income 
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income 

                      Year Ended December 31,        
             2007 
           2005 
           2006 

$  777 
384 
(447)
7 
(5)
16 
732 

(461)
-- 
5 
-- 
(7)
162 
(301)
$ 431 

$  752 
345 
(428)
7 
(5)
45 
716 

932 
(27)
-- 
 85 
-- 
(346)
644 
$1,360 

$ 550 
294 
(346)
7 
(5)
45 
545 

     -- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
-- 
     -- 
$ 545 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  estimated  net  obligation  at  transition  and  prior  service  cost  that  will  be  (accreted  to)  amortized  from 
accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic benefit cost over the next year are $($5,000) and $7,000, 
respectively. 

Weighted-average assumptions for net periodic benefit cost as of 

October 1 (1) 

  Discount rate 
  Expected return on plan assets 
  Rate of compensation increase 
(1) Net periodic benefit cost for the current year is based on assumptions determined at the 

October 1 valuation date of the prior year. 

              2006                     2005                2004 
6.0%
8.5   
4.0   

6.0%
8.5   
4.0   

5.8%
8.5   
4.0   

The Corporation adopted the recognition provisions of SFAS 158 in its December 31, 2006 financial statements.  The 
following table illustrates the incremental effect of applying SFAS 158 on individual line items in the Corporation’s 
2006 financial statements. 

(Dollars in thousands) 

Prepaid pension 
Deferred income taxes 
Total assets 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 
Total shareholders’ equity 

Before 
Application of 
SFAS 158 
$       990   
     5,224   
 735,112   
        765   
   68,650   

Adjustments 
$(990)   
   346   
   (644)   
   (644)   
   (644)   

After 
Application of 
SFAS 158 
$            -   
      5,570   
  734,468   
         121   
    68,006   

The benefits expected to be paid by the plan in the next ten years are as follows (dollars in thousands): 

2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 – 2017 

$      76 
91
95
117
135
1,323
$1,837

The  Bank  selects  the  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  assets  in  consultation  with  its  investment advisors and 
actuary.  This rate is intended to reflect the average rate of earnings expected to be earned on the funds invested or 
to be invested to provide plan benefits.  Historical performance is reviewed, especially with respect to real rates of 
return (net of inflation), for the major asset classes held or anticipated to be held by the trust and for the trust itself.  
Undue  weight  is  not  given  to  recent  experience,  which  may  not  continue  over  the  measurement  period.    Higher 
significance is placed on current forecasts of future long-term economic conditions. 

Because  assets  are  held  in  a  qualified  trust,  anticipated  returns  are  not  reduced  for  taxes.    Further,  solely for this 
purpose,  the  plan  is  assumed  to  continue  in  force  and  not  terminate  during  the  period  during  which  assets  are 
invested.    However,  consideration  is  given  to  the  potential  impact  of  current  and  future  investment  policy,  cash 
flow into and out of the trust, and expenses (both investment and non-investment) typically paid from plan assets 
(to the extent such expenses are not explicitly within periodic costs). 

The Bank’s defined benefit pension plan’s weighted average asset allocations as of September 30 by asset category 
are as follows: 

Mutual funds-fixed income 
Mutual funds-equity 
Cash and equivalents 

2007 
35% 

  60 
5 
100% 

2006 
30% 
56 
14 
100% 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  trust  fund  is  sufficiently  diversified  to  maintain  a  reasonable  level  of  risk  without  imprudently  sacrificing 
return,  with  a  targeted  asset  allocation  of  40%  fixed  income  and  60%  equities.    The  investment  advisor  selects 
investment  fund  managers  with  demonstrated  experience  and  expertise,  and  funds  with  demonstrated  historical 
performance, for the implementation of the plan’s investment strategy.  The investment manager will consider both 
actively and passively managed investment strategies and will allocate funds across the asset classes to develop an 
efficient investment structure. 

It is the responsibility of the trustee to administer the investments of the trust within reasonable costs, being careful 
to avoid sacrificing quality.  These costs include, but are not limited to, management and custodial fees, consulting 
fees, transaction costs and other administrative costs chargeable to the trust. 

NOTE 11: Related Party Transactions 

Loans outstanding to directors and executive officers totaled $1.08 million and $1.22 million at December 31, 2007 
and 2006, respectively.  New advances to directors and officers totaled $453,000 and repayments totaled $589,000 in 
the year ended December 31, 2007.  These loans were made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the 
same  terms  and  conditions,  including  interest  rates  and  collateral,  as  those  prevailing  at  the  same  time  for 
comparable  transactions  with  unrelated  persons,  and,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  do  not  involve  more  than 
normal risk or present other unfavorable features. 

NOTE 12: Share-Based Plans 

On  April  20,  2004,  the  Corporation’s  shareholders  approved  the  C&F  Financial  Corporation  2004  Incentive  Stock 
Plan (the 2004 Plan).  Under the 2004 Plan, options to purchase common stock and/or grants of restricted shares of 
common stock may be awarded to certain key employees of the Corporation.  Options are issued to employees at a 
price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  Restricted shares are accounted for using 
the  fair  market  value  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock  on  the  date  the  restricted  shares  are  awarded.    The 
maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued pursuant to awards made under the 2004 Plan is 500,000.  
As  a  result  of  the  accelerated  vesting  of  all unvested options on December 20, 2005 and because no options were 
granted under the 2004 Plan in 2007 and 2006, all options outstanding under the 2004 Plan on December 31, 2007 
are exercisable.  All options expire ten years from the grant date. 

Prior  to  the  approval  of  the  2004  Plan,  the  Corporation  granted  options  to  purchase  common  stock  under  the 
Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1994  Incentive  Stock  Plan  (the  1994  Plan).    The  1994  Plan 
expired  on  April  30,  2004.    The  maximum  aggregate  number  of  shares  that  could  be  issued  pursuant  to  awards 
made under the 1994 Plan was 500,000.  Options were issued to employees at a price equal to the fair market value 
of common stock at the date granted.  As a result of the accelerated vesting of all unvested options on December 20, 
2005, all options outstanding under the 1994 Plan on December 31, 2007 are exercisable.  All options expire ten years 
from the grant date. 

In  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  under  the  C&F  Financial 
Corporation 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan (the Director Plan).  In 1999, the Director Plan 
was  amended  to  authorize  a  total  of  150,000  shares  for  issuance.    Under  the  Director  Plan,  options  to  purchase 
common  stock  may  be  awarded  to  non-employee  directors  of  the  Bank.    Options  are  issued  to  non-employee 
directors at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  As a result of the accelerated 
vesting  of  all  unvested  options  on  December  20,  2005  and  the  vesting  of  options  granted  in  2006,  all  options 
outstanding under the Director Plan on December 31, 2007, except for those granted in 2007, are exercisable.  As of 
December 31, 2007, there was $36,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to options granted under the 
Director Plan.  The cost is expected to be recognized during 2008.  All options expire ten years from the grant date.  

In  1999,  the  Board  of  Directors  authorized  25,000  shares  of  common  stock  for  issuance  under  the  C&F  Financial 
Corporation  1999  Regional  Director  Stock  Compensation  Plan  (the  Regional  Director  Plan).    Under  this  plan, 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
options  to  purchase  common  stock  are  granted  to  regional  directors  of  the  Bank.    Options  are  issued  to  regional 
directors at a price equal to the fair market value of common stock at the date granted.  As a result of the accelerated 
vesting  of  all  unvested  options  on  December  20,  2005  and  because  no  options  were  granted  under  the  Regional 
Director Plan in 2007 and 2006, all options outstanding under the Regional Director Plan on December 31, 2007 are 
exercisable.  All options expire ten years from the grant date.  

Stock option transactions under the various plans for the periods indicated were as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts)   

Outstanding at beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Canceled 

Outstanding at end of year 

*Weighted average 

                           2007                           
Intrinsic 
  Exercise 
Value 
    Price* 

   Shares 

                2006               
  Exercise 
    Price* 

   Shares 

                    2005               
  Exercise 
    Price* 

   Shares 

530,167    
13,500    
(24,000)   
(9,450)   

510,217    

$31.54     
37.17     
21.39     
31.65     

564,067   
13,500   
(32,000)  
(15,400)  

$30.65      
39.60      
16.46      
37.13      

473,667   
137,900   
(29,600)  
(17,900)  

$32.17     

$1,954 

530,167   

$31.54      

564,067   

$27.58     
37.72     
15.35     
29.29     

$30.65     

Options exercisable at year-end 
Weighted-average fair value of options granted 

496,717    

$1,954 

516,667   

564,067   

during the year 

$8.05    

$10.10   

$8.96   

The  total  intrinsic  value  of  in-the-money  options  exercised  in  2007  was  $488,000.    Cash  received  from  option 
exercises during 2007 was $513,000.  The Corporation has a policy of issuing new shares to satisfy the exercise of 
stock options. 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model 
with the following weighted-average assumptions: 

Dividend yield 
Dividend growth rate 
Expected life (years) 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2005 

2.9% 
5.0 
8 
25.0% 
5.2% 

3.4% 
8.0 
8  
25.0% 
4.5% 

2007 

3.3% 
5.0 
8 
25.0% 
4.7% 

The  dividend  yield  and  growth  rate  assumptions  are  based  on  the  Corporation’s  history  and  expectation  of 
dividend payouts.  The expected life is based on historical exercise experience.  The expected volatility is based on 
historical volatility.  The risk-free interest rates for periods within the contractual life of the awards are based on the 
U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2007:  

                        Options Outstanding                      

              Options Exercisable           

Number  

Outstanding at 

Remaining 

December 31, 

Contractual 

Exercise 

2007 

178,717   
256,700   

74,800 

510,217   

Life* 

3.3 
7.6 

5.9 

5.8 

Price* 

$19.31 
  38.32 

  41.79 

$32.17 

Number 

Exercisable at 

December 31, 

2007 

178,717   
243,200   

74,800 

496,717   

Exercise 

Price* 

 $19.31 
  38.38 

  41.79 

$32.03 

Range of Exercise Prices 

$15.75 to $23.49 
$35.20 to $39.60 

$40.50 to $46.20 

Total 

*Weighted average  

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As permitted under the 2004 Plan, the Corporation awards shares of restricted stock to employees.  These restricted 
shares are subject to a five-year vesting period.  As of December 31, 2007 a total of 40,500 shares of restricted stock 
were outstanding, which consisted of 18,000 shares issued in 2007 and 22,500 shares issued in 2006.  Compensation 
is accounted for using the fair market value of the Corporation’s common stock on the date the restricted shares are 
awarded,  which  averaged  $31.83  and  $39.01  per  share  for  restricted  stock  issued  in  2007  and  2006,  respectively.  
Compensation expense is charged to income ratably over the vesting period.  As of December 31, 2007, there was 
$1.26 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock granted under the 2004 Plan.  The 
cost is expected to be recognized through 2012. 

NOTE 13: Regulatory Requirements and Restrictions  

The  Corporation  (on  a  consolidated  basis)  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements 
administered  by  the  federal  banking  agencies.   Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain 
mandatory,  and  possibly  additional  discretionary,  actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could  have  a  direct 
material effect on the Corporation’s and the Bank’s financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the 
regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action,  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  must  meet  specific  capital 
guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Corporation’s and the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-
balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  The Corporation’s and the Bank’s capital 
amounts  and  classification  are  subject  to  qualitative  judgments  by  the  regulators  about  components,  risk 
weightings, and other factors.  Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.  

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Bank 
to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted 
assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets (all as defined in the regulations).  For both the Corporation and the 
Bank, Tier 1 capital consists of shareholders’ equity excluding any net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available 
for sale, amounts resulting from the adoption and application of SFAS 158 and goodwill, and total capital consists of 
Tier  1  capital  and  a  portion  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.    For  the  Corporation  only,  Tier  1  and  total  capital 
include trust preferred securities.  Risk-weighted assets for the Corporation and the Bank were $644.55 million and 
$638.41  million,  respectively,  at  December  31,  2007  and  $592.67  million  and  $587.40  million,  respectively,  at 
December  31,  2006.    Management  believes,  as  of  December  31,  2007,  that  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  met  all 
capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. 

As  of  December  31,  2007,  the  most  recent  notification  from  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (FDIC) 
categorized  the  Bank  as  well  capitalized  under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.    To  be 
categorized  as  well  capitalized,  the  Bank  must  maintain  minimum  total  risk-based,  Tier  1  risk-based  and  Tier  1 
leverage  ratios  as  set  forth  in  the  table  below.    There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  that  notification  that 
management believes have changed the Bank’s category.  

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Corporation’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:  

(Dollars in thousands) 
As of December 31, 2007: 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 

As of December 31, 2006: 
Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Tangible Assets) 
  Corporation 
  Bank 

             Actual          

Minimum Capital 
       Requirements    

   Minimum To Be 
   Well Capitalized 
   Under Prompt 
   Corrective Action 
       Provisions        

Amount

Ratio   

Amount  Ratio   

Amount

Ratio   

$82,376
76,898

72,296
68,819

72,296
68,819

$74,646
76,571

67,161
69,144

67,161
69,144

12.8%
12.1   

11.2   
10.8   

9.4   
9.0   

12.6%
13.0   

11.3   
11.8   

9.6   
9.9   

$51,564 
51,073 

25,782 
25,537 

30,835 
30,633 

$47,413 
46,992 

23,707 
23,496 

28,123 
27,918 

8.0%
8.0   

4.0   
4.0   

4.0   
4.0   

8.0%
8.0   

4.0   
4.0   

4.0   
4.0   

N/A
$63,841

N/A   
10.0% 

N/A
38,305

N/A
38,291

N/A   
6.0    

N/A   
5.0    

N/A N/A   
10.0% 

$58,740

N/A N/A   
6.0    

35,244

N/A N/A   
5.0    

34,897

On  December  14,  2007,  the  Corporation  issued  $10.00  million  of  trust  preferred  securities  through  a  statutory 
business  trust  for  general  corporate  purposes  including  the  refinancing  of  existing  debt.    On  July  21,  2005,  the 
Corporation  issued  $10.00  million of trust preferred securities through a statutory business trust to partially fund 
the  purchase  of  427,186  shares  of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock  at  $41  per  share  on  July  27,  2005.   These trust 
preferred securities may be treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital adequacy determination purposes up to 
25%  of  Tier 1 capital after its inclusion.  Accordingly, $18.07 million and $10.00 million of the Corporation’s trust 
preferred  securities  is  included  in  Tier  1  capital  in  the  Corporation’s  capital  ratios  presented  above  for  2007  and 
2006, respectively.  The remaining $1.93 million of the Corporation’s total trust preferred securities outstanding on 
December 31, 2007 is included in the Corporation’s total capital ratios presented above for 2007 as a component of 
Tier 2 capital. 

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid and loans or advances made by 
the Bank to the Corporation.  The total amount of dividends that may be paid at any date is generally limited to the 
retained  earnings  of  the  Bank,  and  loans  or  advances  are  limited  to  10  percent  of  the  Bank’s  capital  stock  and 
surplus on a secured basis. 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 14: Commitments and Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk 

The Corporation is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to 
meet  the  financing  needs  of  its  customers.    These  financial  instruments  include  commitments  to  extend  credit, 
commitments to sell loans, and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve elements of credit and interest 
rate risk in excess of the amount on the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of these instruments reflect the extent 
of involvement the Corporation has in particular classes of financial instruments.  

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for 
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit written is represented by the contractual amount of these 
instruments.  

The  Bank  uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making  commitments  and  conditional  obligations  as  it  does  for  on-
balance-sheet instruments.  Collateral is obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the customer.  

Loan commitments are agreements to extend credit to a customer provided that there are no violations of the terms 
of the contract prior to funding.  Commitments have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may 
require payment of a fee by the customer.  Since many of the commitments may expire without being completely 
drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amounts  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash  requirements.    The  Bank 
evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on  a  case-by-case  basis.    The  total  amount  of  loan  commitments  was 
$98.02 million and $93.26 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a 
customer to a third party.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved 
in  extending  loans  to  customers.    The  total  contract  amount  of  standby  letters  of  credit,  whose  contract  amounts 
represent credit risk, was $7.06 million and $8.79 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  

At  December  31,  2007,  C&F  Mortgage  had  rate  lock  commitments  to  originate  mortgage  loans  amounting  to 
approximately  $22.79  million  and  loans  held  for  sale  of  $34.08  million.    C&F  Mortgage  has  entered  into 
corresponding  commitments  with  third  party  investors  to  sell  loans  of  approximately  $56.87  million.    Under  the 
contractual relationship with these investors, C&F Mortgage is obligated to sell the loans only if the loans close.  No 
other  obligation  exists.    As  a  result  of  these  contractual  relationships  with  these  investors,  C&F  Mortgage  is  not 
exposed to losses nor will it realize gains related to its rate lock commitments due to changes in interest rates. 

C&F Mortgage sells substantially all of the residential mortgage loans it originates to third-party investors, some of 
whom require the repurchase of loans in the event of early default or faulty documentation.  Mortgage loans and 
their related servicing rights are sold under agreements that define certain eligibility criteria for the mortgage loans.  
Recourse periods vary from 90 days up to one year and conditions for repurchase vary with the investor.  Risks also 
arise  from  the  possible  inability  of  counterparties  to  meet  the  terms  of  their  contracts.    C&F  Mortgage  has 
procedures in place to evaluate the credit risk of investors and does not expect any counterparty to fail to meet its 
obligations. 

The  Corporation  is  committed  under  noncancelable  operating  leases  for  certain  office  locations.    Rent  expense 
associated with these operating leases was $1.19 million, $911,000 and $786,000, for the years ended December 31, 
2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future minimum lease payments due under these leases as of December 31, 2007 are as follows (dollars in thousands):  

2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
Thereafter 

$1,043 
661
521
490
168
--
$2,883

As of December 31, 2007, the Corporation had $6.44 million in deposits in financial institutions in excess of amounts 
insured by the FDIC, the majority of which was on deposit at a correspondent bank. 

NOTE 15:  Fair Market Value of Financial Instruments and Interest Rate Risk  

The estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Corporation using available market information and 
appropriate  valuation  methodologies.    However,  considerable  judgment  is  required  to  interpret  market  data  to 
develop the estimates of fair value.  Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the 
amounts  the  Corporation  could  realize  in  a  current  market  exchange.    The  use  of  different  market  assumptions 
and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.  

Cash and short-term investments.  The nature of these instruments and their relatively short maturities provide for 
the reporting of fair value equal to the historical cost.  

Securities.  The fair value of investment securities is based on quoted market prices.  

Loans.  The estimated fair value of the loan portfolio is based on present values using discount rates equal to the 
market rates currently charged on similar products. 

Loans held for sale.  The fair value of loans held for sale is estimated based on commitments into which individual 
loans will be delivered.  

Deposits and borrowings.  The fair value of all demand deposit accounts is the amount payable at the report date. 
For  all  other  deposits  and  borrowings,  the  fair  value  is  determined  using  the  discounted  cash  flow  method.    The 
discount rate was equal to the rate currently offered on similar products.  

Accrued interest.  The carrying amount of accrued interest approximates fair value. 

Letters of credit.  The estimated fair value of letters of credit is based on estimated fees the Corporation would pay 
to  have  another  entity  assume  its  obligation  under  the  outstanding  arrangements.    These  fees  are  not  considered 
material. 

Unused  portions  of  lines  of  credit.    The  estimated  fair  value  of  unused  portions  of  lines  of  credit  is  based  on 
estimated  fees  the  Corporation  would  pay  to  have  another  entity  assume  its  obligation  under  the  outstanding 
arrangements.  These fees are not considered material. 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Financial assets: 
  Cash and short-term investments 
  Securities 
  Net loans 
  Loans held for sale, net 
  Accrued interest receivable 
Financial liabilities: 
  Demand deposits 
  Time deposits 
  Borrowings 
  Accrued interest payable 

                              December 31,                         
                2007              
              2006              
  Carrying Estimated Carrying Estimated
Amount Fair Value Amount Fair Value

$  12,263 
81,255
585,881
34,083
5,069

$  12,263  $  28,506 
67,584
517,843
53,504
4,432

81,255
583,467
35,073
5,069

$  28,506 
67,584
517,000
54,913
4,432

264,622
262,949
176,047
2,115

267,193
263,152
173,351
2,115

278,710
254,125
115,056
1,915

277,310
255,360
113,869
1,915

The  Corporation  assumes  interest  rate  risk  (the  risk  that  general  interest  rate  levels  will  change)  as  a  result  of  its 
normal operations.  As a result, the fair values of the Corporation’s financial instruments will change when interest 
rate  levels  change  and  that  change  may  be  either  favorable  or  unfavorable  to  the  Corporation.    Management 
attempts  to  match  maturities  of assets and liabilities to the extent believed necessary to manage interest rate risk. 
However,  borrowers  with  fixed  rate  obligations  are  less  likely  to  prepay  in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  more 
likely to prepay in a falling rate environment.  Conversely, depositors who are receiving fixed rates are more likely 
to  withdraw  funds  before  maturity  in  a  rising  rate  environment  and  less  likely  to  do  so  in  a  falling  rate 
environment.  Management monitors rates and maturities of assets and liabilities and attempts to minimize interest 
rate risk by adjusting terms of new loans and deposits and by investing in securities with terms that mitigate the 
Corporation’s overall interest rate risk.  

NOTE 16: Business Segments  

The Corporation operates in a decentralized fashion in three principal business segments:  Retail Banking, Mortgage 
Banking and Consumer Finance.  Revenues from Retail Banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on 
loans  and  investment  securities  and  service  charges  on  deposit  accounts.    Mortgage  Banking  operating  revenues 
consist  principally  of  gains  on  sales  of  loans  in  the  secondary  market,  loan  origination  fee  income  and  interest 
earned on mortgage loans held for sale.  Revenues from Consumer Finance consist primarily of interest earned on 
automobile loans. 

The Corporation’s other segments include: 

• 
• 
• 

an investment company that derives revenues from brokerage services, 
an insurance company that derives revenues from insurance services, and 
a title company that derives revenues from title insurance services. 

The  results  of  these  other  segments  are  not  significant  to  the  Corporation  as  a  whole  and  have  been  included  in 
“Other.” 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

                         Year Ended December 31, 2007                       

    Retail 
     Banking 

  Mortgage 
  Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations  

Consolidated  

$    40,203   
—   
5,411   
45,614   

 17,490   
 14,626   
 9,163   
41,279   
$    4,335   
$634,722   
$         —   
$   1,711    

$    2,482  
 15,854  
 2,790  
 21,126  

992   
11,095   
6,210   
18,297   
$   2,829   
$ 44,841   
$        —   
$     273    

$  26,060    $     —   
—   
 1,254  
 1,254  

—   
590   
26,650   

$   (3,920)   
(21)   
—    
(3,941)   

$   64,825   
15,833   
10,045   
90,703   

8,708   
4,317   
9,200   
22,225   

181   
720   
141   
1,042   
$     4,425    $   212   
$ 167,400    $     40   
$   10,724    $     —   
$        267    $     —   

(3,993)   
29    
—    
(3,964)   
$         23    
$(61,407)   
$         —    
$         —    

23,378   
30,787   
24,714   
78,879   
$  11,824   
$785,596   
$  10,724   
$    2,251   

                         Year Ended December 31, 2006                       

    Retail 
     Banking 

  Mortgage 
  Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations  

Consolidated  

$    37,743   
—   
5,169   
42,912   

 13,520   
 13,001   
 7,660   
34,181   
$    8,731   
$591,573   
$         —   
$   5,485    

$    2,737  
 17,149  
 3,678  
 23,564  

1,428   
12,137   
6,221   
19,786   
$   3,778   
$ 60,022   
$        —   
$     425    

$  21,384   
—   
539   
21,923   

$    —   
—   
 903  
 903  

$  (3,282)    
(51)    
—    
(3,333)    

$   58,582   
17,098   
10,289   
85,969   

6,849   
3,146   
6,924   
16,919   

—   
668   
141   
809   
$     5,004    $     94   
$ 140,024    $     51   
$   10,724    $     —   
$        207    $       3   

(3,340)    
55     
—    
(3,285)    
$       (48)    
$(57,202)    
$          —    
$          —    

18,457   
29,007   
20,946   
68,410   
$  17,559   
$734,468   
$  10,724   
$    6,120   

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands) 
Revenues: 
Interest income 
Gains on sales of loans 
Other noninterest income 
Total operating income 
Expenses: 
Interest expense 
Salaries and employee benefits 
Other noninterest expenses 
Total operating expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Total assets 
Goodwill 
Capital expenditures 

             Year Ended December 31, 2005              

    Retail 
     Banking 

  Mortgage 
  Banking 

Consumer 
Finance 

Other 

Eliminations  

Consolidated 

$   30,857   
—   
4,342   
35,199   

8,712   
11,368   
6,995   
27,075   
$    8,124   
$571,091   
$         —   
$  11,830   

$   3,178    
18,193    
3,719    
25,090    

1,532    
13,457    
5,012    
20,001    
$   5,089    
$ 47,574    
$        —    
$      459    

$  17,799   
—   
417   
18,216   

$    —   
—   
912   
912   

$    (3,064)   
1    
—   
(3,063)   

4,880   
2,766   
6,919   
14,565   

—   
568   
185   
753   
$     3,651    $   159   
$ 119,113    $     19   
$   10,724    $     —   
$        172    $     —   

(3,127)   
118    
—   
(3,009)   
$       (54)   
$(65,840)   
$          —   
$          —   

$  48,770   
18,194   
9,390   
76,354   

11,997   
28,277   
19,111   
59,385   
$  16,969   
$671,957   
$  10,724   
$  12,461   

The  Retail  Banking  segment  extends  a  warehouse  line  of  credit  to  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment,  providing  the 
funds  needed  to  originate  mortgage  loans.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  charges  the  Mortgage  Banking  segment 
interest  at  the  daily  FHLB  advance  rate  plus  50  basis  points.    The  Retail  Banking  segment  also  provides  the 
Consumer  Finance  segment  with  a  portion  of  the  funds  needed  to  originate  loans  and  charges  the  Consumer 
Finance segment interest at one-month LIBOR plus 175 basis points.  The Retail Banking segment acquires certain 
lot  and  permanent  loans,  second  mortgage  loans  and  home  equity  lines  of  credit  from  the  Mortgage  Banking 
segment  at  prices  similar  to  those  paid  by  third-party  investors.    These  transactions  are  eliminated  to  reach 
consolidated totals.  Certain corporate overhead costs incurred by the Retail Banking segment are not allocated to 
the Mortgage Banking, Consumer Finance and Other segments. 

NOTE 17: Parent Company Condensed Financial Information  

Financial information for the parent company is as follows:  

(Dollars in thousands)   
Balance Sheets 
Assets 
  Cash 
  Securities available for sale 
  Other assets 

Investments in subsidiary 
  Total assets 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity 
  Short-term borrowings 
  Trust preferred capital notes 
  Other liabilities 
  Shareholders’ equity 

  Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity 

                     December 31,         

             2007 

             2006 

$      147 
3,867 
2,087 
79,821 
$85,922 

$        — 
20,620 
78 
65,224 
$85,922 

$     122 
4,127
1,343
79,865
$85,457

$  7,000
10,310
141
68,006
$85,457

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                    Year Ended December 31,         
            2006 

            2005 

            2007 
$      292  
—  
(874) 
19,394  
(10,325) 
584  
(591) 
 $   8,480  

$     194  
—  
(1,106) 
4,038  
8,681  
518  
(196) 
$12,129  

$     306  
27  
(448) 
2,492  
9,354  
227  
(170) 
$11,788  

                    Year Ended December 31,         
           2006 

           2005  

           2007 

$   8,480   

$12,129 

$11,788  

10,325   
299   
—   
(391)  
4   
18,717   

500   
(555)  
(10,000)  
(310)  
(10,365)  

(7,000)  
10,310   
(8,435)  
(3,769)  
567   
(8,327)  
25   
122   
$      147   

(8,681)
97 
(19)
(187)
(21)
3,318 

152 
— 
— 
— 
152 

— 
— 
(518)
(3,657)
580 
(3,595)
(125)
247 
$    122 

(9,354) 
—  
(36) 
(100) 
(38) 
2,260  

1,077  
(185) 
—  
(310) 
582  

7,000  
10,310  
(17,640) 
(3,339) 
503  
(3,166) 
(324) 
571  
$    247  

(Dollars in thousands)   
Statements of Income 
Interest income on securities 
Interest income on loans 
Interest expense on borrowings 
Dividends received from bank subsidiary 
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Net income 

(Dollars in thousands)   
Statements of Cash Flows 
Operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating 
  activities: 
  Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary 
  Stock-based compensation 
  Net gain on securities 

Increase in other assets 
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities 
  Net cash provided by operating activities 
Investing activities: 
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities 
Purchase of securities 
Investment in bank subsidiary 
Investment in statutory trust 
  Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities 
Financing activities: 
Net (decrease) increase in borrowings 
Issuance of trust preferred capital notes 
Purchase of common stock 
Cash dividends 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options 
  Net cash used in financing activities 

  Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at beginning of year 
Cash at end of year 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 18: Quarterly Condensed Statements of Income—Unaudited 

                                      2007 Quarter Ended                                
September 30  December 31
$16,735   
 8,120   
 6,472   
 12,309   
 2,283   
 1,723   
0.56   
0.31   

March 31     June 30 
$15,299   
 8,510   
 5,798   
 11,482   
 2,826   
 2,011   
0.62   
0.31   

$16,821     
8,936     
6,446     
12,197     
3,185     
2,284     
0.73     
0.31     

$15,970    
8,751    
7,162    
12,383    
3,530    
2,462    
0.77    
0.31    

  June 30 

                                     2006 Quarter Ended                               
   September 30     December 31
$15,276   
 8,740   
 7,330   
 12,125   
 3,945   
 2,765   
0.84   
0.31   

   March 31 
$13,493    
 8,285    
 5,986    
 10,630    
 3,641    
 2,526    
0.77     
0.27     

$14,763     
8,793     
7,189     
11,434     
4,548     
3,112     
0.95     
0.29     

$15,050    
9,682    
6,882    
11,139    
5,425    
3,726    
1.14    
0.29    

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution 
Dividends per common share 

Dollars in thousands (except per share amounts) 
Total interest income 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses 
Other income 
Other expenses 
Income before income taxes 
Net income 
Earnings per common share—assuming dilution* 
Dividends per common share 

*The total of quarterly EPS amounts differs from EPS for the year ended 
December 31, 2006 due to rounding. 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors 
C&F Financial Corporation 
West Point, Virginia 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 
2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years 
ended  December  31,  2007,  2006  and  2005.    We  also  have  audited  C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary's 
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control— 
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  
C&F  Financial  Corporation  and  Subsidiary’s  management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements,  for 
maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal 
control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting.    Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  financial  statements  and  an  opinion  on  the 
Corporation's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.    Our  audits  of  the  financial  statements  included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing 
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation.  Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding 
of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and 
evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.    Our  audits  also 
included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances.  We believe that our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A  corporation's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A corporation's internal control over financial reporting 
includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail, 
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the corporation; (2) provide reasonable 
assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance 
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  corporation  are  being 
made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  corporation;  and  (3)  provide 
reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of 
the corporation's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.    Also,  projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that 
controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the 
policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of C&F Financial Corporation and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the results of 
their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2007,  2006  and  2005,  in  conformity  with 
accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.    Also  in  our  opinion,  C&F  Financial 
Corporation and Subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as 
of  December  31,  2007,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).    

Winchester, Virginia 

February 26, 2008 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. 

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  The Corporation, under the supervision and with the participation of the 

Corporation’s management, including the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has 

evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  as  of  the  end  of  the  period 

covered by this report.  Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have 

concluded  that  the  Corporation’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  are  effective  to  ensure  that  information 

required to be disclosed by the Corporation in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 

1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange 

Commission  rules  and  regulations  and  that  such  information  is  accumulated  and  communicated  to  the 

Corporation’s  management,  including  the  Corporation’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer,  as 

appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.    Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all 

control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that the Corporation’s disclosure controls 

and procedures will detect or uncover every situation involving the failure of persons within the Corporation or its 

subsidiary to disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Corporation’s periodic reports. 

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.    Management  of  the  Corporation  is 

responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  defined  in  Rule 

13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is 

designed  to  provide  reasonable assurance to the Corporation’s management and board of directors regarding the 

reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with 

generally accepted accounting principles. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 

misstatements.    Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance 

with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of 

December  31,  2007.    In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control – Integrated Framework.  Based on 

our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2007, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting 

was effective based on those criteria. 

The effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007 has 

been audited by Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C., the independent registered public accounting firm who also audited 

the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Yount, Hyde & 

Barbour, P.C.’s attestation report on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting appears on pages 84 

through 85 hereof. 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes  in  Internal  Controls.    There  were  no  changes  in  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial 

reporting  during  the  Corporation’s  fourth  quarter  ended  December  31,  2007  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are 

reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None 

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information with respect to the directors of the Corporation is contained on pages 3 through 4 of the 

2008  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Election  of  Directors,”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The 

information regarding the Section 16(a) reporting requirements of the directors and executive officers is contained 

on  page  28  of  the  2008  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting 

Compliance,”  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The  information  concerning  executive  officers  of  the 

Corporation  is  included  after  Item  4  of  this  Form  10-K  under  the  caption,  “Executive  Officers  of  the  Registrant.”  

The  Corporation  has  adopted  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  that  applies  to its  directors, executives and 

employees  including  the  principal  executive  officer,  principal  financial  officer,  principal  accounting  officer  and 

controller.  The Corporation’s Code is attached hereto as Exhibit 14. 

The  board  of  directors  of  the  Corporation  has  a  standing  Audit  Committee,  which  is  comprised  of  four 

directors  who  satisfy  all of the following criteria:  (i)  meet the independence requirements of the NASDAQ Stock 

Market’s  (NASDAQ)  listing  standards,  (ii)  have  not  accepted  directly  or  indirectly  any  consulting,  advisory,  or 

other  compensatory  fee  from  the  Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries,  (iii)  are  not  an  affiliated  person  of  the 

Corporation  or  any  of  its  subsidiaries  and  (iv)  are  competent  to  read  and  understand  financial  statements.    In 

addition, at least one member of the Audit Committee has past employment experience in finance or accounting or 

comparable  experience  that  results  in  the  individual’s  financial  sophistication.    The  members  of  the  Audit 

Committee are Messrs. J. P. Causey Jr., Barry R. Chernack, C. Elis Olsson and William E. O’Connell Jr.  The board of 

directors has determined that the chairman of the Audit Committee, Mr. Barry R. Chernack, qualifies as an “audit 

committee financial expert” within the meaning of applicable regulations of the SEC, promulgated pursuant to the 

SOX  Act.    Mr. Chernack is independent of management based on the independence requirements set forth in the 

NASDAQ’s listing standards’ definition of “independent director.” 

The Corporation provides an informal process for security holders to send communications to its board of 

directors.    Security  holders  who  wish  to  contact  the  board  of  directors  or  any  of  its  members  may  do  so  by 

addressing their written correspondence to C&F Financial Corporation, Board of Directors, c/o Corporate Secretary, 

P.O. Box 391, West Point, Virginia 23181.  Correspondence directed to an individual board member will be referred, 

unopened, to that member.  Correspondence not directed to a particular board member will be referred, unopened, 

to the Chairman of the Board. 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  contained  on  pages  9  through  20  of  the  2008  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions, 

“Compensation  Committee  Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation,”  “Executive  Compensation”  and  “Compensation 

Committee  Report,”  and  the  information  on  pages  20  through  25  of  the  2008  Proxy  Statement  are  incorporated 

herein by reference.  The information regarding director compensation contained on pages 7 through 8 of the 2008 

Proxy Statement under the caption, “Director Compensation,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND 

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information contained on pages 2 through 3 of the 2008 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Security 

Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management,” is incorporated herein by reference.  

The  information  contained  on  page  36  of  the  2008  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Equity 

Compensation Plan Information,” is incorporated herein by reference.   

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The information contained on pages 8 through 9 of the 2008 Proxy Statement under the caption, “Interest of 

Management in Certain Transactions,” is incorporated herein by reference.  The information contained on pages 4 

through  5  of  the  2008  Proxy  Statement  under  the  caption,  “Director  Independence,”  is  incorporated  herein  by 

reference. 

ITEM 14. 

 PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 

The  information  contained  on  pages  27  through  28  of  the  2008  Proxy  Statement  under  the  captions, 

“Principal Accountant Fees” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

 (a)   Exhibits: 

3.1  Articles of Incorporation of C&F Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

3.1 to Form 10-KSB filed March 29, 1996) 

3.2  Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation, as adopted October 16, 2007 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 8-K filed October 22, 2007) 

Certain instruments relating to trust preferred securities not being registered have been omitted in 
accordance with Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.  The registrant will furnish a copy of any such 
instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request. 

*10.1  Change in Control Agreement dated December 16, 1997 between C&F Financial Corporation 
and  Larry  G.  Dillon  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10  to  Form  10-K  filed  March  23, 
1998) 

*10.1.1 Amendment  to  Change  in  Control  Agreement  dated  July  23,  2003  between  C&F  Financial 
Corporation  and  Larry  G.  Dillon  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1.1  to  Form  10-Q 
filed November 13, 2003) 

*10.3  Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated February 15, 2005 between C&F 
Financial  Corporation  and  Thomas  F.  Cherry  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.3  to 
Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

*10.4  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  C&F  Financial 

Corporation  

*10.4.1 Adoption  Agreement 

for 

the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified  Deferred 

Compensation Plan for C&F Financial Corporation dated as of January 1, 2008 

*10.4.2 Attachment  to  the  Adoption  Agreement  for  the  Restated  VBA  Executives’  Non-Qualified 
Deferred Compensation Plan for C&F Financial Corporation dated as of January 1, 2008 

*10.5  Restated VBA Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan for C&F Financial Corporation 

*10.5.1 Adoption Agreement for the Restated VBA Director’s Deferred Compensation Plan for C&F 

Financial 

*10.6  Amended and Restated C&F Financial Corporation 1994 Incentive Stock Plan  

*10.7  Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1998  Non-Employee  Director  Stock 

Compensation Plan  

*10.8  Amended  and  Restated  C&F  Financial  Corporation  1999  Regional  Director  Stock 

Compensation Plan  

*10.9  C&F Financial Corporation Management Incentive Plan dated February 25, 2005, as amended 

March 6, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2006) 

*10.10  Amended and Restated C&F Financial Corporation 2004 Incentive Stock Plan  

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*10.11  Form  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Incentive  Stock  Option  Agreement  (incorporated  by 

reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K filed December 29, 2004) 

*10.12  Employment  Agreement  dated  April  16,  2002  between  C&F  Mortgage  Corporation  and 
Bryan McKernon, as amended December 19, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 
to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2007) 

*10.13  Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated February 15, 2005 between C&F 
Financial  Corporation  and  Robert  L.  Bryant  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.12  to 
Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

*10.14  Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement dated February 15, 2005 between C&F 
Financial  Corporation  and  Bryan  McKernon  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.13  to 
Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

*10.15  Schedule  of  C&F  Financial  Corporation  Non-Employee  Directors’  Annual  Compensation 

(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Form 10-K filed March 3, 2005) 

*10.16  Base Salaries for Named Executive Officers of C&F Financial Corporation  

*10.17  Form of C&F Financial Corporation Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.16 to Form 8-K filed December 18, 2006) 

 10.19  Loan and Security Agreement by and between Wells Fargo Financial Preferred Capital, Inc. 
and C&F Finance Company dated as of August 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.19 to Form 10-Q filed August 5, 2005) 

10.20  First Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Wells Fargo Financial 
Preferred  Capital,  Inc.  and  C&F  Finance  Company  dated  as  of  December  1,  2006 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to Form 10-K filed March 9, 2007) 

10.21  Second  Amendment  to  the  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  by  and  between  Wells  Fargo 
Financial  Preferred  Capital,  Inc.  and  C&F  Finance  Company  dated  as  of  March  16,  2007 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Form 10-Q filed May 9, 2007) 

10.22  Third  Amendment  to  the  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  by  and  between  Wells  Fargo 
Financial  Preferred  Capital,  Inc.  and  C&F  Finance  Company  dated  as  of  June  18,  2007 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Form 10-Q filed August 3, 2007) 

10.23  Fourth  Amendment  to  the  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  by  and  between  Wells  Fargo 
Financial Preferred Capital, Inc. and C&F Finance Company dated as of October 31, 2007 

14 

C&F Financial Corporation Code of Business Conduct and Ethics 

21 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant 

23 

Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. 

31.1  Certification of CEO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

31.2  Certification of CFO pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) 

32 

Certification of CEO/CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 

*Indicates management contract 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 

duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

Date:  March 5, 2008 

C&F FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

(Registrant) 

By:  /s/ Larry G. Dillon 
Larry G. Dillon 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by 

the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated: 

/s/ Larry G. Dillon 
Larry G. Dillon, Chairman, President and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ Thomas F. Cherry 
Thomas F. Cherry, Executive Vice President, 
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

/s/ J. P. Causey Jr. 
J. P. Causey Jr., Director 

/s/ Barry R. Chernack 
Barry R. Chernack, Director 

/s/ Audrey D. Holmes   
Audrey D. Holmes, Director 

/s/ James H. Hudson III          
James H. Hudson III, Director 

/s/ Joshua H. Lawson 
Joshua H. Lawson, Director 

/s/ William E. O’Connell Jr.                     
William E. O’Connell Jr., Director 

/s/ C. Elis Olsson 
C. Elis Olsson, Director 

/s/ Paul C. Robinson 
Paul C. Robinson, Director 

Date:  March 5, 2008 

Date:  March 5, 2008 

Date:  March 5, 2008 

Date:  March 5, 2008 

Date:  March 5, 2008                    

Date:  March 5, 2008 

Date:  March 5, 2008 

Date:     March 5, 2008 

Date:  March 5, 2008 

Date:  March 5, 2008 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  graph  compares  the  yearly  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  C&F  Financial 
Corporation’s  (the  Corporation)  common  stock  with  the  yearly  cumulative  total  shareholder  return  on  stocks 
included  in  (1)  the  NASDAQ  Total  Return  Index  and  (2)  the  NASDAQ  Bank  Index.    The  graph  assumes  $100 
invested on December 31, 2002 in the Corporation, the NASDAQ Total Return Index and the NASDAQ Bank Index 
and shows the total return on such an investment, assuming reinvestment of dividends as of December 31, 2007.  
There can be no assurance that the Corporation’s stock performance in the future will continue with the same or 
similar trends depicted in the graph below. 

C&F Financial Corporation

Total Return Performance

C&F Financial Corporation

NASDAQ Total Return Index

NASDAQ Bank Index

250

200

150

100

e
u
l
a
V
x
e
d
n

I

50

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

Index
C&F Financial Corporation
NASDAQ Total Return Index
NASDAQ Bank Index

2002
100
100
100

2003
164
150
130

2004
171
163
144

2005
162
165
138

2006
178
181
153

2007
139
199
119

     
          
          
          
          
          
    
        
        
        
         
         
    
        
        
        
         
         
 
 
 
 
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We Believe

Excellence is the standard for all we do, achieved by encouraging and nourishing: respect for others; honest,

open communication; individual development and satisfaction; a sense of ownership and responsibility for

the Corporation’s success; participation, cooperation, and teamwork; creativity, innovation, and initiative;

prudent risk-taking; and recognition and rewards for achievement.

We must conduct ourselves morally and ethically at all times and in all relationships.

We have an obligation to the well-being of all the communities we serve.

That  our  officers  and  staff  are  our  most  important  assets,  making  the  critical  difference  in  how  the

Corporation performs; and, through their work and effort, separates us from all competitors.

C&F Financial Corporation is a one-bank holding
company providing a full range of banking services to
individuals and businesses through its subsidiaries.

C&F Bank (Citizens and Farmers Bank) offers quality
banking services to individuals and businesses through
18 retail branches located from Hampton to Richmond. 

C&F Mortgage Corporation originates and sells
residential mortgages throughout Virginia, North
Carolina, Maryland, Delaware, Pennsylvania and New
Jersey. Through its subsidiaries, C&F Mortgage provides
ancillary mortgage loan production  services for loan
settlement, residential appraisals and title insurance.

C&F Finance Company specializes in new and used
automobile lending in Virginia, North Carolina,
Maryland, Kentucky, Ohio and Tennessee.  

C&F Investment Services, Inc. provides a full range
of securities brokerage, life and health insurance and
investment services to individuals and businesses
through the Bank’s 18 retail branch locations.

STOCK LISTING
Current market quotations for the common stock of C&F Financial
Corporation are available under the symbol CFFI.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company serves as transfer agent
for the Corporation.
You may write them at: 

59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level
New York, NY 10038
telephone them toll-free at:

1-800-937-5449
or visit their website at:
www.amstock.com

INVESTOR RELATIONS & 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
C&F  Financial  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and
quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  as  filed  with  the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission,  may  be  obtained  without  charge  by  visiting
the Corporation’s website at www.cffc.com. 

Copies of these documents can also be obtained without charge upon
written request. Requests for this or other financial information about
C&F Financial Corporation should be directed to:

Thomas Cherry
Executive Vice President, CFO & Secretary
C&F Financial Corporation
P.O. Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

C&F Annual Report 2007 

C&F Annual Report 2007 

3600 LaGrange Parkway
Toano, Virginia 23168
757-741-2201

802 Main Street
PO Box 391
West Point, VA 23181

www.cffc.com

B U I

L D I N G

F O R

S U C

C

E

S

S

B U I

L D I N G

F O R

S U C

C

E

S

S